Order line
This table contains one row for each line on an order.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Database | Company | This table is in the company databases. |
| SQL name | OrdLn | The table name in the database. |
| API identifier | orderLine | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Table no. | 128 | The table number in the data model. |
The following fields exist in this table:
Account set
Used for determining the tax processing and accounting when the order line is processed.
If the field is not filled in, the system uses the Default account set field from the Company information table.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Account set | Integer |
| SQL name | AcSet | The database field name. |
| API identifier | accountSet | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2981 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| VAT- and accounting information | TaxAndAccountingInformation |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. |
Account. year/period
The accounting year and period.
The field may be in use by external reporting or analysis applications, it is not in use by Business NXT functionality. Value is found based on the Accounting period table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Year/Per. | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | AcYrPr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | accountingYearAndPeriod | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 11025 |
Accounting document no.
The accounting document no refers to Incoming accounting document table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | No. | Integer |
| SQL name | InAcDocNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | incomingAccountingDocumentNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 17920 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Accounting document | IncomingAccountingDocument |
|
Adm. time
The number of days from the order requirement is identified until the order is sent to the supplier, or if the order must be approved internally before you can deliver the goods.
For sales order lines, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Stock balance table.
For purchase order lines, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Delivery alternative table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Days | Integer |
| SQL name | AdmTm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | administrationTime | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6381 |
Alloc. order line no.
Only used for sales orders and goods consumption lines for a production. Points to the line number of the purchase/production order to which it is allocated.
The value is filled in when running the Generate purchase/production orders processing in the Order table, or manually enter an order number in the Allocated order no. field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | No. | Integer |
| SQL name | LnPurcNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | allocatedOrderLineNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 13875 |
Allocated
How much of the quantity outstanding of an order line that has been allocated.
The value is updated in both sales orders and purchase/production orders when saved.
The value increases in connection with allocation and is reduced when withdrawing an allocated quantity. The quantity ordered or produced is based on Total quantity minus Reserved quantity in the order line from which the purchase/production order is generated.
If the value in the Allocated order no. field on the production order is deleted, the value in the Allocated field on the production order and the purchase order will be reset. A negative quantity on an order cannot be finished if the allocated quantity is positive.
It is not possible to reduce the quantity without removing the value in the Allocated order no. field and then entering the value again. In order to increase the quantity, the purchase order quantity must be changed first and then the value in the Allocated order no. field has to be deleted and created.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | Alloc | The database field name. |
| API identifier | allocated | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6383 |
Allocated order no.
Used to link a sales order line to a specific purchase or production order.
The value is filled in when running the Generate purchase/production orders processing in the Order table. By deleting the contents of this field, the allocation is withdrawn.
Order lines can be joined to purchase orders via allocated order numbers to see which sales order lines are allocated to them.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Order no. | Integer |
| SQL name | PurcNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | allocatedOrderNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3737 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Order line | AllocatedSalesOrdersWithAllLines |
| ||
| Order | AllocatedOrder |
| ||
| Order line | AllocatedSalesOrderLines |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. |
Amount
The residual value of the order line , in the actual currency.
The value is the product of Price and Quantity, minus the line discounts. As the Quantity field is reduced when finished, it is the residual value of the order line that is displayed. The Price unit, Price qty. and Price factor fields are also taken into account. Totals for the whole order are accumulated in the order head.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | Yes | This field is visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | Am | The database field name. |
| API identifier | amountInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2980 |
Amount (dom.)
The residual value of the order line , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | DAm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | amountDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3556 |
Amount before discount
The amount before line discounts , in the actual currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | amountBeforeDiscountInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5621 |
Amount before discount (dom.)
The amount before line discounts , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | amountBeforeDiscountDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5622 |
Amount before discount in EURO
The amount before line discounts , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Source column | Amount before discount | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | amountBeforeDiscountInEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7756 |
Amount in EURO
The residual value of the order line , in Euro.
If the standard currency, given in the Company information table is defined as Currency type 2 or 3 in the Currency table, the Amount in EURO will be calculated with the exchange rate given for Euro in Sales rate field in the Currency table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Source column | Amount | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | amountInEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7757 |
Area
The area of the unit used to specify the stock for the product.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table, if it is not overridden by the value in the Unit or Barcode table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | AreaL | The database field name. |
| API identifier | area | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5943 |
Area per unit
The area of the product in the relevant per unit factor.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table, if it is not overridden by the value in the Unit or Barcode table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | AreaU | The database field name. |
| API identifier | areaPerUnit | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5927 |
Arrival/departure date
The arrival or departure date of the product.
- Confirmed delivery date plus Transport time.
- Required delivery date plus Transport time.
- Trans. date plus Lead time and Transport time.
- Confirmed delivery date plus Assemble time.
- Required delivery date plus Assemble time.
- Trans. date plus Adm. time, Lead time and Transport time.
- Order date.
For this field to be calculated, one or more of the delivery date calculation fields must also be selected in the Calculate delivery date field in the Company information table.
The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Date | Integer |
| SQL name | ArDt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | arrivalOrDepartureDate | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5558 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Stock change | FromStockChangeOnPurchase |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. |
Arrival/departure week
The arrival or departure date of the product saved as day of week number, week number and year.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Week | Integer |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | arrivalOrDepartureWeek | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5654 |
Assemble time
The time it takes to assemble the product. The field is used in connection with the calculation of dates for when the goods enter and leave the warehouse.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Days | Integer |
| SQL name | MntTm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | assembleTime | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6274 |
Audit no.
The revision number for the row and is used in connection with client management and prepayment routines that must have this reference.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Audit no. | Integer |
| SQL name | EntNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | auditNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 8591 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Customer transaction | CustomerTransaction |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. |
Balance to pick
The difference between the total quantity and what previously has been picked.
This is the maximum quantity which is available for picking and is also the quantity suggested when printing pick lists.
When the structure head is exempted from warehousing, the picked quantity is saved in the structure head. The Balance to pick field is then also calculated. If the Finish picked quantity with menu choice check box in the Proc. method 1 field is selected, the structure head will also be finished when finishing the picked quantity.
If the box to Pick same fraction of structure lines and the Pick complete structure check boxes in the Proc. method 1 field both are selected, the picked quantity is calculated as the share which has been picked. Otherwise the full quantity applies.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | balanceToPick | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4950 |
Barcode
The barcode used to register the product on the order line.
Used to enter product information on an order line instead of entering the product no. By entering the barcode (e.g. with a barcode reader) on the order line the product and product information from the Barcode table are filled in on the order line.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Barcode | Text (52) |
| SQL name | SCd | The database field name. |
| API identifier | barcode | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4997 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Barcode | Barcode |
|
Cancelled
Indicates that the order line is cancelled.
This field is selected when you run the Cancel processing in the Order or Order line table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Boolean | Integer |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | cancelled | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6535 |
Cap. asset no.
Capital asset number for the order. The field is a lookup to the Capital asset table.
The capital asset can be entered at the order line for accounting purposes if selling capital assets for own consumption or using purchase orders to purchase capital assets.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Cap. asset no. | Integer |
| SQL name | PropNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | capitalAssetNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 11015 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Capital asset | CapitalAsset |
|
Capital asset proc.
Can be joined to a capital asset number once for the accounting, if selling capital assets for own consumption.
Capital assets can be removed from the warehouse via the order module and posted as acquisition of the selected capital asset.
To ensure that the accounting is correct, a separate account set for this routine could/should be set up, in which it is only necessary to enter debit/credit further processing. The account can be directly from the warehouse or another account that is different from further processing for sold goods.
Which voucher series you will use for Activation of capital assets from order must be defined. This will be done in the Activ. Cap. A. Series field in the Company information table.
Entering goods out:
- Create an order with transaction type 4 - Adjustment/internal issue or 5 - Further processing and with Order type 1 - Normal order.
- In the order line, call up the Capital asset proc. and Cap. asset no. fields and enter the processing and the capital asset. It is possible to enter new capital assets when you look up in the field.
- Check that there are values in the Cost price and Price fields. If these fields are not filled in, the function does not work.
- Finish the order, the stock will be reduced and a product transaction will be created.
See also: Product transaction
Entering receipt of a purchase order
- Create an order with transaction type 6 - Purchase and Order type 1 - Normal order.
- On the order line for the capital asset, Visma Business checks the field Exempt from warehousing.
- If the order line is finished, withdraw the finished quantity. If anything is reserved for the shipments that this line has created, cancel these reservations before entering of the capital asset number is possible. If cancelling the reservations is impossible this line cannot be used and this product has to be withdrawn as a normal withdrawal, see above.
- This line will be posted to the capital asset, instead of the account, for product purchase. The field for Capital asset proc. is set to 1 - Acquisition.
- 1 - Acquisition
- To be used on records concerning the main acquisition of capital assets. E.g. cars, or buildings.
- 2 - Addition
- To be used on records concerning additions. The definition of an "addition" is e.g. winter tyres for a car or marquises on a building. Additions can be given a lifetime, that differs from the main acquisition.
- 3 - Revaluation
- To be used on records meant to adjust the total value of a capital
asset. An example when a revaluation can be performed is when a very old real estate
has a much higher market value, than the book value.Note:Revaluation shall NOT be performed when a capital asset has a lower value than expected due to under-usage, in this case the lifetime, and consequently the periodic depreciations, shall be adjusted instead.Note:Revaluation of capital assets is in most countries surrounded by legal restrictions and shall be performed only after accurate consideration.
- 4 - Devaluation
- To be used on records meant to adjust the total value of a capital
asset. An example when a devaluation can be performed is when the value of a real
estate falls under the book value due to a financial crisis or another extraordinary
occurrence.Note:Devaluation shall NOT be performed when a capital asset has a higher value than expected due to over-usage, in this case the lifetime, and consequently the periodic depreciations, shall be adjusted instead.Note:Devaluation of capital assets might be surrounded by legal restrictions in your country and shall be performed only after accurate consideration.
- 5 - Sale
- To be used on records concerning sales of capital assets.
- 6 - Discarded
- To be used on records concerning discard of capital assets.
- 7 - (Not in use)
- Not in use.
- 8 - Back transfer
- Resets depreciation when capital assets are sold or discarded.
- 9 - Depreciation on investment
- 10 - Depreciation on addition
- 11 - Depreciation on revaluation
- 12 - Depreciation on devaluation
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Capital asset proc. | Integer |
| SQL name | PropPrc | The database field name. |
| API identifier | capitalAssetProcessing | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 11014 |
Change time in ms
The time when changes were made in milliseconds.
Used in the integration between Zpider and Business NXT. With this field, the changes you make in Business NXT are updated in Zpider immediately.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | No. | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | ChTmms | The database field name. |
| API identifier | changeTimeInMs | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 14522 |
Compensate
How much the customer must compensate of the products returned from hire or loan.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | NoComp | The database field name. |
| API identifier | compensate | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4473 |
Compensate NOW
How much, if any, the customer must compensate now of the products returned from hire or loan.
When you save the value in this field reduces the stock level and is accumulated in the Lost field in the Shipment table and updates the Compensate field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | CompN | The database field name. |
| API identifier | compensateNow | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5015 |
Compensation price
The product price in connection with hire/loan , in the actual currency.
You can also use the field if the customer decides to buy the hire object.
For hire/loan, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price | Decimal |
| SQL name | CompPr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | compensationPriceInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4475 |
Compensation price (dom.)
The product price in connection with hire/loan , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price | Decimal |
| SQL name | DCompPr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | compensationPriceDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4772 |
Compensation price in EURO
The product price in connection with hire/loan , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price | Decimal |
| Source column | Compensation price | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | compensationPriceInEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7823 |
Confirm now
How much, if any, you will like to confirm now without printing Order confirmations for sales orders, or running the Confirmed processing for purchase orders.
When you save the quantity is updated in the Confirmed field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | CfN | The database field name. |
| API identifier | confirmNow | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 15944 |
Confirmed
How much of the total quantity that has been printed and approved in order confirmations, or for purchases; been confirmed using the Confirmed processing.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | NoCf | The database field name. |
| API identifier | confirmed | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3009 |
Confirmed delivery date
The confirmed delivery date.
- 1 - Sales
- The current date plus the values in the Adm. time, Lead time and Transport time fields.
- 5 - Further processing
- The value from the Required delivery date field minus the value from the Production time field from the structure head. If you have filled in the Des. prod. start date field in the Order table, the value will be set to the date when the product is available in stock.
- 6 - Purchase
- The current date plus the value in the Lead time field.
- 7 - Production
- The value from the Required delivery date or Order date field from the Order table. If you have filled in the Des. prod. start date field in the Order table, the value will be set to the value from Des. prod. start date plus Production time.
The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Date | Integer |
| SQL name | CfDelDt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | confirmedDeliveryDate | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3736 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Stock change | FromStockChangeNotOnPurchase |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. |
Confirmed delivery week
The confirmed delivery date saved as day of week number, week number and year.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Week | Integer |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | confirmedDeliveryWeek | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5628 |
Consigned
How much of the finished quantity has been printed and approved in consignment notes.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | NoCon | The database field name. |
| API identifier | consigned | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3013 |
Cost currency no.
The cost currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Currency no. | Integer |
| SQL name | CstCur | The database field name. |
| API identifier | costCurrencyNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4864 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Currency | CostCurrency |
|
Cost exchange rate
The currency for the costs prices.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Exchange rate | Decimal |
| SQL name | CstExRt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | costExchangeRate | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4865 |
Cost price
The cost price for the product , in the actual currency.
The cost price in production orders is updated when the invoice is received, if the product has a new price when it is purchased.
The cost price is retrieved from the Average cost price field in the Stock balance table when order lines have transaction type:
- 1 - Sales
- 2 - Hire
- 3 - Loan
- 4 - Adjustment/internal issue
- 5 - Further processing
The cost price is retrieved from the Average cost price field in the Price- and discount matrix table, if have not:
- selected the Cost price from the price and discount matrix if sold out field under Price/discount processing in the Company information table
- 0.00 in the Average cost price field in the Stock balance table
and the order lines have transaction type:
- 6 - Purchase
- 7 - Production
Reservations are updated correctly upon reservation. If you have selected the Calculate avg. cost price on the order line field under Processing method or in the Company information table, the order line is updated with the average cost price from reservations.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price | Decimal |
| SQL name | CCstPr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | costPriceInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2969 |
Cost price (dom.)
The cost price for the product , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price | Decimal |
| SQL name | CstPr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | costPriceDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4866 |
Cost price addition %
The percentage by which the net purchase price after line discounts must increase to match the cost price. Consignment costs are also included in the cost prices. This is only applicable for purchase orders.
The cost price addition is posted to the debit and credit cost addition accounts when the invoice is received on the purchase order. After that it is part of the cost price of the shipment, and it is not posted separately on sales or stock corrections.
If you use cost addition distribution from the order head, this field is calculated based on distributed cost price addition.
The field is suggested from the Product or Delivery alternative table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Percent | Decimal |
| SQL name | CstPrAdd | The database field name. |
| API identifier | costPriceAdditionPercent | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4932 |
Cost price addition (dom.)
Displays the calculated Cost price addition in domestic amount.
- Cost price addition distributed from the order head calculated based on the values set in the Order table fields Cost price addition (dom.) and Freight processing
- Cost price addition % calculated from Price and currency rate on the order line
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | DCstAd | The database field name. |
| API identifier | costPriceAdditionDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 15902 |
Country no.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Country no. | Integer |
| SQL name | Ctry | The database field name. |
| API identifier | countryNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 17536 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Country | Country |
|
Currency no.
The currency for the order line.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Associate table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Currency no. | Integer |
| SQL name | Cur | The database field name. |
| API identifier | currencyNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2972 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Currency | Currency |
|
Cust. no.
The customer for sale, hire and loan orders.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Cust. no. | Integer |
| SQL name | CustNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | customerNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2957 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Associate | Customer |
| ||
| Product customer | ProductCustomer |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. |
Customer price gr. 1
A group to which the customer belongs. The group is used for finding the correct price and discount.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Customer price group 1 | Integer |
| SQL name | CustPrGr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | customerPriceGroup1 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3755 |
Customer price gr. 2
A group to which the customer belongs. The group is used for finding the correct price and discount.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Customer price group 2 | Integer |
| SQL name | CustPrG2 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | customerPriceGroup2 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5715 |
Customer price gr. 3
A group to which the customer belongs. The group is used for finding the correct price and discount.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Customer price group 3 | Integer |
| SQL name | CustPrG3 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | customerPriceGroup3 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 8672 |
Customs
The customs duty for the product.
For purchase order lines, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Delivery alternative table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount or percent | Decimal |
| SQL name | Cus | The database field name. |
| API identifier | customs | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6494 |
Del. alt. no.
The delivery alternative. The value is used to retrieve the supplier's product number and description when printing out inquiries and purchases.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | No. | Integer |
| SQL name | DelAltNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | deliveryAlternativeNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4805 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Delivery alternative | DeliveryAlternative |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. |
Delivery associate no.
The delivery associate.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Associate no. | Integer |
| SQL name | DelActNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | deliveryAssociateNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4924 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Associate | DeliveryAssociate |
|
Delivery limit
A value in this field indicates that the order line cannot be part delivered. If several order lines have the same value these lines must be picked together, i.e. none of the order lines can be picked unless all can be picked.
The value itself is not relevant. The reason for having a value rather than a check box is that you can have several group of order lines in one order by assigning them different numbers. The order lines in a group need not be consecutive.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | No. | Integer |
| SQL name | DelGr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | deliveryLimit | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6371 |
Delivery method
The mode of transportation that will be used for the order line.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Delivery method | Integer |
| SQL name | DelMt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | deliveryMethod | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4935 |
Density per unit
The density of the product in the relevant per unit factor.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table, if it is not overridden by the value in the Unit or Barcode table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | DensU | The database field name. |
| API identifier | densityPerUnit | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6264 |
Des. prod. start date
The desired production start date.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Date | Integer |
| SQL name | DesProDt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | desiredProductionStartDate | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 11593 |
Description
In the Order line table the Description field is automatically filled when you complete the Product no. field.
If you have filled in the Overridden description field in the Price- and discount matrix table, this description is used. The same applies when expanding structure products that have been given a different description in the Structure table.
When running processing Generate order from the Appointment table, it is the description from the appointment that is transferred and not the product description. If there is no description for the appointment, the product description is used.
When transferring from voucher lines when exporting, the product description is used if not the voucher type processing Voucher text to order line is selected.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | Yes | This field is visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Description | Text (60) |
| SQL name | Descr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | description | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2961 |
Disassemble time
The time it takes to disassemble the product. The field is used in connection with the calculation of dates for when the goods enter and leave the warehouse.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Days | Integer |
| SQL name | DemTm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | disassembleTime | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6275 |
Disc. %
The discount percent per unit.
If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | Yes | This field is visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Dc1P | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discountPercent1 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2976 |
Disc. % 2
The discount percent per unit.
If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Dc2P | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discountPercent2 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2978 |
Disc. % 3
The discount percent per unit.
If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Dc3P | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discountPercent3 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6764 |
Disc. % 4
The discount percent per unit.
If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Dc4P | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discountPercent4 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6767 |
Disc. % 5
The discount percent per unit.
If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Dc5P | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discountPercent5 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6770 |
Disc. % 6
The discount percent per unit.
If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Dc6P | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discountPercent6 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6773 |
Disc. amount
The discount amount per unit , in the actual currency.
If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Dc1Am | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discountAmount1InCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2977 |
Disc. amount (dom.)
The discount amount per unit , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | Dc1DAm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discountAmount1Domestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3593 |
Disc. amount 2
The discount amount per unit , in the actual currency.
If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Dc2Am | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discountAmount2InCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2979 |
Disc. amount 2 (dom.)
The discount amount per unit , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | Dc2DAm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discountAmount2Domestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3594 |
Disc. amount 2 in EURO
The discount amount per unit , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Source column | Disc. amount 2 | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | discountAmount2InEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7755 |
Disc. amount 3
The discount amount per unit , in the actual currency.
If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Dc3Am | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discountAmount3InCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6765 |
Disc. amount 3 (dom.)
The discount amount per unit , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | Dc3DAm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discountAmount3Domestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6766 |
Disc. amount 3 in EURO
The discount amount per unit , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Source column | Disc. amount 3 | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | discountAmount3InEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7811 |
Disc. amount 4
The discount amount per unit , in the actual currency.
If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Dc4Am | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discountAmount4InCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6768 |
Disc. amount 4 (dom.)
The discount amount per unit , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | Dc4DAm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discountAmount4Domestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6769 |
Disc. amount 4 in EURO
The discount amount per unit , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Source column | Disc. amount 4 | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | discountAmount4InEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7812 |
Disc. amount 5
The discount amount per unit , in the actual currency.
If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Dc5Am | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discountAmount5InCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6771 |
Disc. amount 5 (dom.)
The discount amount per unit , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | Dc5DAm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discountAmount5Domestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6772 |
Disc. amount 5 in EURO
The discount amount per unit , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Source column | Disc. amount 5 | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | discountAmount5InEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7813 |
Disc. amount 6
The discount amount per unit , in the actual currency.
If you have selected to suggest this value on the Discount page in the Discount suggestion field in the Company information table, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Dc6Am | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discountAmount6InCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6774 |
Disc. amount 6 (dom.)
The discount amount per unit , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | Dc6DAm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discountAmount6Domestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6775 |
Disc. amount 6 in EURO
The discount amount per unit , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Source column | Disc. amount 6 | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | discountAmount6InEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7814 |
Disc. amount in EURO
The discount amount per unit , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Source column | Disc. amount | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | discountAmount1InEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7754 |
Discard NOW
How much, if any, of the product is not to be returned to the warehouse and must be discarded now when the product is returned from hire or loan.
When you save the value in this field reduces the stock level and is accumulated in the Lost field in the Shipment table and updates the Discarded field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | ScrN | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discardNow | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5016 |
Discarded
How much of the product is not returned to the warehouse and are discarded now when the product is returned from hire or loan.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | NoScr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | discarded | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4474 |
Discontinued from range
This field is a visualisation of the Discontinued from range check box in the Order line status field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Boolean | Integer |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | discontinuedFromRange | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6537 |
Distributed discounts
The total line, group and total discounts for the order line , in the actual currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| SQL name | DstDc | The database field name. |
| API identifier | distributedDiscountsInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4193 |
Distributed discounts (dom.)
The total line, group and total discounts for the order line , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| SQL name | DDstDc | The database field name. |
| API identifier | distributedDiscountsDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4740 |
Distributed discounts in EURO
The total line, group and total discounts for the order line , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Source column | Distributed discounts | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | distributedDiscountsInEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7764 |
Dupl. fields 1
Contains flags for the fields that are transferred from the order head to the order line and from the price- and discount matrix.
The field also contains internal duplications on the order line, e.g. between quantity and incurred. If you override the values on the order lines, the flags will be turned off. You cannot edit this field.
- Order date
- Currency no.
- Exchange rate
- Seller/buyer
- Responsible
- Organisational unit 1
- Organisational unit 2
- Organisational unit 3
- Organisational unit 4
- Organisational unit 5
- Organisational unit 6
- Account set
- VAT code
- Cust. no.
- Invoice customer no.
- Customer price gr. 1
- Sup. no.
- Payment supplier no.
- Trans. group 1
- Warehouse no.
- Transf. to warehouse
- Required delivery date
- Confirmed delivery date
- Invoice reference
- Incurred quantity
- Invoiceable quantity
- Empl. no.
- Employee price gr.
- Wage rate no.
- Cost currency no.
- Cost exchange rate
- Country no.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Dupl. fields 1 | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | Dupl | The database field name. |
| API identifier | duplicatedFields1 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4596 |
Dupl. fields 2
Contains flags for the fields that are transferred from the order head to the order line and from the price- and discount matrix.
If you override the values on the order lines, the flags will be turned off. You cannot edit this field.
- Delivery associate no.
- Delivery method
- Transaction type
- Expected return date
- Trans. group 2
- Price description
- Price wage sort
- Arrival/departure date
- Customer price gr. 2
- Trans. group 3
- Trans. group 4
- Price tax code
- Price price type
- Customer price gr. 3
- Transp. agr. no.
- Organisational unit 7
- Organisational unit 8
- Organisational unit 9
- Organisational unit 10
- Organisational unit 11
- Organisational unit 12
- Cap. asset no.
- Des. prod. start date
- Period key
- Free 1
- Free 2
- Free 3
- Free 4
- Corporate company no.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Dupl. fields 2 | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | Dupl2 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | duplicatedFields2 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4923 |
EDI status
The status of EDI.
Status
Shows what happened to changes after the import of EDI messages.
- Line is edited
- Line added by supplier
- Line added by buyer
- Awaiting processing
- DDS reference overflow
Location error
Shows which location roles do not have a value in the EAN loc. code field in the Associate table. If you have selected the Set unprocessed if error field under EDI processing in the Company information table, the order is set to order type 6 - Unprocessed order, if it is an EAN loc. code error.
You can remove these selections manually to run the order.
- Customer
- Invoice customer
- Delivery associate
- Supplier
- Stock
- Product
AutoInvoice
Shows updates made to the order line based on incoming documents received through AutoInvoice.
- Rejected by supplier
- When set, the order line has been automatically cancelled by the supplier.
- Delivery date changed
- Order line has been confirmed by the supplier with a new delivery date.
- Quantity confirmed
- Order line quantity has been confirmed by the supplier.
- Quantity partially confirmed
- Parts of the order line quantity has been confirmed by the supplier.
- Quantity increased by supplier
- Order line quantity has been increased based on data in an incoming document.
- Product not found
- Product number was not identified when the order line was updated while processing an incoming document.
- Product replaced
- Order line product was replaced based on a change made by the supplier.
- Price changed by supplier
- The order line price was updated based on a change made by the supplier.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | EDI status | Integer |
| SQL name | EDISt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | ediStatus | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6141 |
Empl. no.
The employee that is performing the service. The field is used when entering hours.
The Empl. no. is a unique number identifying one specific Employee.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Empl. no. | Integer |
| SQL name | EmpNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | employeeNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2955 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Associate | Employee |
|
Employee price gr.
The employee price group used as the basis when looking up in the Price- and discount matrix table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Employee price group | Integer |
| SQL name | EmpPrGr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | employeePriceGroup | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3753 |
Enter serial no.
The value in the Finish NOW field in the order line increases when you register the serial number in the Order line, Reservation and Serial no. tables. If you delete the serial number the value in the Finish NOW field is reduced.
This field is a visualisation of the Count number from serial no. check box on the Serial number page in theProc. method 1 field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Boolean | Integer |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | enterSerialNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6536 |
EU goods stat. no.
The number identifying type of product which makes it possible to gather unified data on the same type of product throughout the EU. All deliveries made and received within the EU during the reporting period must be reported in the INTRASTAT declarations.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table.
This text type domain can hold 10 digits in order to comply with EU regulations.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | EU goods stat. no. | Integer |
| SQL name | EUStatNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | euGoodsStatisticsNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5026 |
Exchange quantity
If the customer finances the purchase of the product by exchanging another product or raw material, you specify the quantity per unit in this field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | ExQty | The database field name. |
| API identifier | exchangeQuantity | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4572 |
Exchange rate
The prevailing exchange rate.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Exchange rate | Decimal |
| SQL name | ExRt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | exchangeRate | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2973 |
Exchange value
The exchange value.
If you have selected Exchange arrangement in the Proc. method 1 field the value is calculated as the product of the Exchange price field in the Order table, the Exchange quantity field and the relevant quantity in the Order line table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | exchangeValue | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4770 |
Exempt from warehousing
The product is exempted from warehousing.
This field is a visualisation of the Exempt from warehousing check box on the Warehousing page in the Proc. method 2 field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Boolean | Integer |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | exemptFromWarehousing | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 10928 |
Expected return date
The date when the goods hired or loaned are expected to be returned.
The suggested value for the field is the value from the To field plus the Disassemble time field.
The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Date | Integer |
| SQL name | ERetDt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | expectedReturnDate | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5021 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Stock change | ToStockChange |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. |
Expected return week
The date when the goods hired or loaned are expected to be returned saved as day of week number, week number and year.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Week | Integer |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | expectedReturnWeek | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5653 |
External ID
The external id number.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | No. | Integer |
| SQL name | ExID | The database field name. |
| API identifier | externalId | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 15966 |
Factor 3
Instead of entering a quantity directly in the Order line table, you can have it calculated as the difference between the To and From fields or as the product of them and the Factor 3 field.
When the quantity is calculated as the difference between the To and From fields, it can be expressed as a quantity, time or date, depending on the quantity format selected in the Proc. method 1 field in the Order line table. If the Factor 3 field does not have any value in the Order line table, the value in this field will be imported.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Factor3 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | factor3 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5040 |
Finish at
The time of the last finish in the order line.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Time | Integer |
| SQL name | FinTm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | finishAt | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6740 |
Finish date
The date when the order was last finished.
When finishing the current date is always used for the transactions. You can override the value by entering manually in the Manual finish date field.
The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Date | Integer |
| SQL name | FinDt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | finishDate | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6540 |
Finish NOW
How much, if any, you will like to finish now.
When you save the quantity is updated in the Finished field.
Limitations to changing the field
- You enter an order line and complete the Product no. and
Quantity
fields.
This requires saving before finishing and applies to all transaction types.
- The shipment in the order line is undergoing stocktaking.
You will be notified with an error message in the Status bar.
- The customer has a credit limit or credit suspension, and the credit control is
active.
This requires saving before finishing. You will be notified with an error message in the Status bar.
- When you have expanded a structure.This requires saving before finishing. You will be notified with an error message in the Status bar.Note:If you have performed a selection of order lines, for example to show only the structure head on a production order, and parameters are defined to finish from the structure head, the hidden lines are processed and finishing is performed for the hidden lines. You are not given a message if something cannot be finished in the hidden lines because it is not available in stock.
Finish 0 and release reservations
If you enter 0 in the field and finish, the reservation is withdrawn and you can print a new pick list. The Finish 0 and release reservations check box in the Order line status field is temporary selected. After saving or processing of the order, the check box is cleared. It is only stored temporarily so that the system can read keying of the value 0 as a 0 entry, because the default value in the field is also 0.
There is also a corresponding field in the Reservation table, but this field does not have the same logic for 0 entry.
Finish negative numbers
You are allowed to finish a negative quantity if you have selected the Delete rest when filling in "Finish NOW" check box on the Editing page in the Processing method field. This causes the total quantity to be reduced. If you want to withdraw the quantity and keep it for a later interim delivery, you must deselect Delete rest when filling in "Finish NOW", otherwise the quantity will be reset to zero.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | FinN | The database field name. |
| API identifier | finishNow | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4729 |
Finish week
The date when the order was last finished saved as day of week number, week number and year.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Week | Integer |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | finishWeek | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6541 |
Finished
How much of the total quantity that has been finished.
The value in this field constitutes the total of the values in the Finished field in the relevant rows in the Reservation table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | NoFin | The database field name. |
| API identifier | finished | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3011 |
Finished by
The name of the person who last finished something in the order line.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | User name | Text (24) |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | FinBy | The database field name. |
| API identifier | finishedBy | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5982 |
Font
The font to be used on printouts.
The field shows the font family, style and size within square brackets. In the database there are three separate fields for font family, font style and font size. The field shown on the screen keeps the font size in the database.
Is normally set with the Font command (in the Design group in the Home tab).
The font size may be set as a percentage (e.g. 120) of the normal font size, cf. the Relative option in the Type drop-down list in the dialog box.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Font | Integer |
| SQL name | FSz | The database field name. |
| API identifier | fontSize | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3602 |
Free 1
Additional numeric information about the order line.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Free1 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | free1 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 8541 |
Free 2
Additional numeric information about the order line.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Free2 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | free2 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 8542 |
Free 3
Additional numeric information about the order line.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Free3 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | free3 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 8543 |
Free 4
Additional numeric information about the order line.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Free4 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | free4 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 8544 |
Free qty. used
The total used free quantity.
When invoices are approved after printing, the part of the free quantity that has been used from the Free quantity field is totalled in the this field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | RlzFree | The database field name. |
| API identifier | freeQuantityUsed | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5810 |
Free quantity
The free quantity for which the customer will not be invoiced.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | FreeNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | freeQuantity | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5809 |
Freight 1
These fields are suggested from the Delivery alternative table for purchase order lines are included in the cost prices.
See also: Delivery alternative
The value in these fields are shown per unit and in the default currency.
When you invoice via Business NXT EDI and you have entered product numbers in the Product no. freight 1 - Product no. freight 4 fields, you can enter the freight amount in the Freight 1 - Freight 4 fields. The freight amounts are accumulated to the freight and freight zone addition segments in the XML file. If any of the products are also present as separate order lines, these order lines are accumulated to the same segment and are not written as separate product lines.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Freight @ | Decimal |
| SQL name | DFrAm1 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | freight1 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5969 |
Freight 2
These fields are suggested from the Delivery alternative table for purchase order lines are included in the cost prices.
See also: Delivery alternative
The value in these fields are shown per unit and in the default currency.
When you invoice via Business NXT EDI and you have entered product numbers in the Product no. freight 1 - Product no. freight 4 fields, you can enter the freight amount in the Freight 1 - Freight 4 fields. The freight amounts are accumulated to the freight and freight zone addition segments in the XML file. If any of the products are also present as separate order lines, these order lines are accumulated to the same segment and are not written as separate product lines.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Freight @ | Decimal |
| SQL name | DFrAm2 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | freight2 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5970 |
Freight 3
These fields are suggested from the Delivery alternative table for purchase order lines are included in the cost prices.
See also: Delivery alternative
The value in these fields are shown per unit and in the default currency.
When you invoice via Business NXT EDI and you have entered product numbers in the Product no. freight 1 - Product no. freight 4 fields, you can enter the freight amount in the Freight 1 - Freight 4 fields. The freight amounts are accumulated to the freight and freight zone addition segments in the XML file. If any of the products are also present as separate order lines, these order lines are accumulated to the same segment and are not written as separate product lines.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Freight @ | Decimal |
| SQL name | DFrAm3 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | freight3 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5971 |
Freight 4
These fields are suggested from the Delivery alternative table for purchase order lines are included in the cost prices.
See also: Delivery alternative
The value in these fields are shown per unit and in the default currency.
When you invoice via Business NXT EDI and you have entered product numbers in the Product no. freight 1 - Product no. freight 4 fields, you can enter the freight amount in the Freight 1 - Freight 4 fields. The freight amounts are accumulated to the freight and freight zone addition segments in the XML file. If any of the products are also present as separate order lines, these order lines are accumulated to the same segment and are not written as separate product lines.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Freight @ | Decimal |
| SQL name | DFrAm4 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | freight4 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5972 |
Freight processing
Settings defining the behaviour of the freight and customs of the order line.
Specify in %
- Freight 1
- Freight 2
- Freight 3
- Freight 4
- Customs
Calculate customs from
- Freight 1
- Freight 2
- Freight 3
- Freight 4
Additional cost distribution
- From order line
- Amount
- Net weight
- Gross weight
- Volume
- Quantity
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Freight processing | Integer |
| SQL name | FrCusPro | The database field name. |
| API identifier | freightProcessing | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6468 |
Friday
The time spent on the day in hours and minutes.
The time spent in will be converted to a decimal value in the (Weekday) quantity field, and the total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Signed time length | Integer |
| SQL name | D5Hr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | friday | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 8146 |
Friday quantity
The time spent on the day converted to a decimal value.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | fridayQuantity | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 12449 |
From
Used in conjunction with the To field for calculating the quantity.
When the quantity is calculated as the difference between to and from, it can be expressed as a quantity, time, date or factor, depending on the quantity format selected on the Editing page in the Proc. method 1 field in the Order line table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | FrNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | from | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2965 |
Gross amount
The gross amount , in the actual currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | grossAmountInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6249 |
Gross amount (dom.)
The gross amount , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | grossAmountDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6250 |
Gross amount in EURO
The gross amount , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Source column | Gross amount | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | grossAmountInEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7809 |
Gross profit
The gross profit, in the default currency.
The gross profit is the difference between invoiceable amount (credit amount) and incurred costs (debit amount). Gross profit is calculated for the Transaction type = 1 - Sales.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Gross profit | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | grossProfitDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3006 |
Gross profit in future
The gross profit in the future for the same time limit, in the default currency.
The gross profit is the difference between invoiceable amount (credit amount) and incurred costs (debit amount). Gross profit is calculated for the Transaction type = 1 - Sales.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Gross profit | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | grossProfitInFutureDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4897 |
Gross profit so far
The gross profit so far for the same time limit, in the default currency.
The gross profit is the difference between invoiceable amount (credit amount) and incurred costs (debit amount). Gross profit is calculated for the Transaction type = 1 - Sales.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Gross profit | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | grossProfitSoFarDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4892 |
Gross profit total
The gross profit for the same time limit, in the default currency.
The gross profit is the difference between invoiceable amount (credit amount) and incurred costs (debit amount). Gross profit is calculated for the Transaction type = 1 - Sales.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Gross profit | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | grossProfitTotalDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4902 |
Gross weight
The sum of values in the Net weight and Tare fields.
Prices and discounts can be specified not only on the basis of the ordinary quantity field but also this field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | grossWeight | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5941 |
Gross weight per unit
Calculated on the basis of the Net weight per unit and Tare fields.
The field cannot be overridden.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | grossWeightPerUnit | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5923 |
Group sep.
Used to restrict the extent of group discounts or group totals.
On the Misc. page in the Proc. method 1 field you can configure a product to be used as a Group discount or Group total. When using several group discount on an order, those can be linked into one. If they is to be handled separately you can add a value in this field.
Group discounts and totals are calculated by the above order lines up to any initial group separator and can be combined in an unlimited number of levels. This field indicates the beginning of the group.
When you use groups inside other groups without a group separator in between, you produce chain discounts/additions of discounts/additions granted previously.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Group sep. | Integer |
| SQL name | GrSep | The database field name. |
| API identifier | groupSeparators | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5011 |
Height per unit
The height of the product in the relevant per unit factor.
Suggested from the Product table, if it is not overridden by the field in the Unit or Barcode table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | HgtU | The database field name. |
| API identifier | heightPerUnit | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5926 |
Hire period
The number of days of the hire/loan period.
This is in addition to the normal quantity field, which shows the number of copies hired/loaned.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Hire period | Integer |
| SQL name | Tenancy | The database field name. |
| API identifier | hirePeriod | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6170 |
Inc. cost
The total incurred costs , in the actual currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | CIncCst | The database field name. |
| API identifier | incurredCostInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3005 |
Inc. cost (dom.)
The total incurred costs , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| SQL name | IncCst | The database field name. |
| API identifier | incurredCostDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4868 |
Inc. cost future
The future incurred costs that have not yet been invoiced , in the actual currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | CIncIF | The database field name. |
| API identifier | incurredCostInFutureInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4905 |
Inc. cost future (dom.)
The future incurred costs that have not yet been invoiced , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | IncIF | The database field name. |
| API identifier | incurredCostInFutureDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4896 |
Inc. cost so far
The incurred costs so far , in the actual currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | CIncSF | The database field name. |
| API identifier | incurredCostSoFarInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4904 |
Inc. cost so far (dom.)
The incurred costs so far , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | IncSF | The database field name. |
| API identifier | incurredCostSoFarDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4891 |
Inc. cost total
The total incurred cost , in the actual currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | incurredCostTotalInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4906 |
Inc. cost total (dom.)
The total incurred cost , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | incurredCostTotalDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4901 |
Incurred
How much has been consumed. For various reasons, this may deviate from the invoiceable quantity. The field is relevant only for sales.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | NoReg | The database field name. |
| API identifier | incurred | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2967 |
Incurred finished
How much of the total quantity has been finished and is split on finishing.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | FinInc | The database field name. |
| API identifier | incurredFinished | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4756 |
Incurred outstanding
The incurred quantity which remains to be finished.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | incurredOutstanding | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4760 |
Incurred total
The total incurred quantity.
This is the sum of the Incurred finished and Incurred outstanding fields. The field is assigned the value you entered in the Incurred field and remains unchanged when you finish. If you change the Incurred field, the value increases or decreases.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | incurredTotal | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4757 |
Inquired
How much of the total quantity has been printed and approved in inquiries.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | NoInq | The database field name. |
| API identifier | inquired | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3762 |
Invoice customer no.
If the person paying the invoice is not the customer, it can be entered here. Used by the Split processing to split the order up into one order per customer.
If the Invoice customer no. field is filled in in the order head, you cannot edit the Invoice customer no. field in order lines.
When you enter a customer number in the Cust. no. field in the order head, the Invoice customer no. field in the order line is given the same value. This means that the Invoice customer no. field always has a value in the order head when you invoice a customer. You can therefore only edit the Invoice customer no. field in order lines when you are using the Split processing for an order, as you are then not entering the customer number in the order head, but in the order lines.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Cust. no. | Integer |
| SQL name | InvoCust | The database field name. |
| API identifier | invoiceCustomerNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3754 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Associate | InvoiceCustomer |
|
Invoice no.
The last document number of the invoice printed for the order.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Doc. no. | Text (40) |
| SQL name | InvoNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | invoiceNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 13781 |
Invoice NOW
You can use this field when you receive invoices for parts of a purchase order line.
When you save the quantity is updated in the Invoiced/realised field.
You cannot invoice more than what is finished and not previously realised.
It is not permitted to withdraw realisation. If necessary, you must do this via crediting.
This field is blocked for use by production orders and you can only approve (receive invoice) for the entire production. You must do this from the order head.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | RlzN | The database field name. |
| API identifier | invoiceNow | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5006 |
Invoice reference
The number of the invoice to which the credit note refers. This is used as a cross reference in the debtors/creditors ledger entries so that it is possible to match credit notes to invoices.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Doc. no. | Text (40) |
| SQL name | InvoRef | The database field name. |
| API identifier | invoiceReference | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4600 |
Invoiceable amount
The invoiceable amount , in the actual currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| SQL name | OvCNOSm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | invoiceableAmountInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7215 |
Invoiceable amount in EURO
The invoiceable amount , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Source column | Invoiceable amount | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | invoiceableAmountInEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7804 |
Invoiced amount in future
The total for the order line in the future , in the actual currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | InvoIF | The database field name. |
| API identifier | invoicedAmountInFutureInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4894 |
Invoiced amount in future (dom.)
The total for the order line in the future , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | DInvoIF | The database field name. |
| API identifier | invoicedAmountInFutureDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4895 |
Invoiced amount in future in EURO
The total for the order line in the future , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Source column | Invoiced amount in future | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | invoicedAmountInFutureInEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7807 |
Invoiced amount NOW
Calculated on basis of the Invoice NOW and the Price field for purchase order lines , in the actual currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | invoicedAmountNowInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6589 |
Invoiced amount NOW in EURO
Calculated on basis of the Invoice NOW and the Price field for purchase order lines , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Source column | Invoiced amount NOW | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | invoicedAmountNowInEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7805 |
Invoiced amount so far
The total for the sales order line so far , in the actual currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | InvoSF | The database field name. |
| API identifier | invoicedAmountSoFarInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4889 |
Invoiced amount so far (dom.)
The total for the sales order line so far , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | DInvoSF | The database field name. |
| API identifier | invoicedAmountSoFarDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4890 |
Invoiced amount so far in EURO
The total for the sales order line so far , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Source column | Invoiced amount so far | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | invoicedAmountSoFarInEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7806 |
Invoiced amount total (dom.)
The total invoiced amount for the order line , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | invoicedAmountTotalDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4900 |
Invoiced amount total
The total invoiced amount for the order line , in the actual currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | invoicedAmountTotalInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4899 |
Invoiced amount total in EURO
The total invoiced amount for the order line , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Source column | Invoiced amount total | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | invoicedAmountTotalInEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7808 |
Invoiced/realised
How much of the finished quantity has been invoiced or realised.
The value in this field constitutes the total of the values in the Invoiced/realised field in the relevant rows in the Reservation table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | NoInvo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | invoicedOrRealised | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3014 |
Lead time
The number of days needed for the supplier to deliver the product.
For sales order lines, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Stock balance table.
For purchase order lines, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Delivery alternative table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Days | Integer |
| SQL name | DelTm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | leadTime | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3066 |
Length
The length of the unit used to specify the stock for the product.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | LgtL | The database field name. |
| API identifier | length | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5942 |
Length per unit
The length of the product in the relevant per unit factor.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table, if it is not overridden by the value in the Unit or Barcode table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | LgtU | The database field name. |
| API identifier | lengthPerUnit | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5924 |
Line no.
Each line in the table is given a consecutive number in the order in which they are entered.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | No. | Integer |
| Primary key | Yes | Order no., Line no. |
| SQL name | LnNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | lineNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2953 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Order line | AllocatedPurchaseOrderLines |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Order line | StructureLineOrderLine |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Appointment | Appointment |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. |
Location
The item's location, for example a shelf number and rack number.
If you double-click or press * in the field, you will be referred to the Location or Item location table, depending of which table you have chosen to look up in the Reservation processing in the Company information table, where you can see the physical appearance and location of the item.
If you have not selected Use location control in Reservation processing in the Company information table, you are only given a warning that the location cannot be found, but you can also decide yourself what should be here.
The location for goods you receive and the value is included in shipments. In increase order lines, the location is suggested as the normal location from the Stock balance table. You can edit them in the Shipment table later. If you need more values, you can join to the Reservation table and enter a value in the equivalent field there and, if necessary, split the shipments afterwards.
When a stock transfer is performed, the value in the Location field in the Order line table is selected ahead of the value in the Location field from the Shipment from which it is picked.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Location | Text (18) |
| SQL name | Loc | The database field name. |
| API identifier | location | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3715 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Location | Location |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. |
Manual finish date
If you want to finish an order line with an other date than the current date.
When pressing 1 or x in this field, you may enter a date in the Finish date field. When running the finish processing, this manually entered date will be used instead of today's date.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Boolean | Integer |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | manualFinishDate | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 12851 |
Margin
Calculated on the basis of the Amount field and incurred costs in the default currency in sales order lines.
The margin is calculated as the gross profit divided by the value in the Amount field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Margin | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | margin | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3007 |
Margin in future
The margin for quantities that has not yet been invoiced.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Margin | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | marginInFuture | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4898 |
Margin so far
The margin for quantities that has been invoiced.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Margin | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | marginSoFar | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4893 |
Margin total
The total margin for the order line.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Margin | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | marginTotal | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4903 |
Memo file name
The file name for the Memo attached to the order line.
On the Editing menu, click Memo to create a new memo or to view the existing memo. The memo file name is saved in this text box.
Double-click or press * to open the Select file dialog box to manually select a memo file.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Memo file name | Text (260) |
| SQL name | NoteNm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | memoFileName | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4921 |
Memo no.
Link to the memo for the entry.
The actual memo is stored in the Memo table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Memo no. | Integer |
| SQL name | MemoNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | memoNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 19239 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Memo | Memo |
|
Monday
The time spent on the day in hours and minutes.
The time spent in will be converted to a decimal value in the (Weekday) quantity field, and the total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Signed time length | Integer |
| SQL name | D1Hr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | monday | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 8142 |
Monday quantity
The time spent on the day converted to a decimal value.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | mondayQuantity | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 12445 |
Net amount
The net amount , in the actual currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | netAmountInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6251 |
Net amount (dom.)
The net amount , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | netAmountDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6252 |
Net amount in EURO
The net amount , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Source column | Net amount | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | netAmountInEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7810 |
Net weight
The net weight of the unit used to specify the stock for the product.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | NWgtL | The database field name. |
| API identifier | netWeight | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5939 |
Net weight per unit
The net weight of the product in the relevant per unit factor.
Suggested from the Product table, if it is not overridden by the field in the Unit or Barcode table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | NWgtU | The database field name. |
| API identifier | netWeightPerUnit | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5921 |
No per structure
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | NoPerStr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | quantityPerStructure | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 16511 |
Non-taxable
This box is checked in printouts if VAT has not been calculated in the order line.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Boolean | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | nonTaxable | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5074 |
Not allocated
How much has not been allocated, i.e. the difference between the Quantity and Allocated fields.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | notAllocated | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6396 |
Not reserved
How much of the total quantity has not yet been reserved.
The following applies in connection with hire/loan:
- Total quantity - Reserved - Returned - Discarded - Compensate
The following applies to other order types:
- Total quantity - Reserved - Invoiced/realised
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | notReserved | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5002 |
Notification sent before
Shows a value if the Finished delivery notification box is checked in the dialog box for the Order line status field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Boolean | Integer |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | notificationSentBefore | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6546 |
Order line status
The status of the order line.
____
- Accepted by us
- This check box is selected on new order lines that you add unless you
have selected the Accept changes manually check box in the in the Order options field in the
Order.
If you have selected Accept changes manually and run an order conformation before you have manually selected the this check box, this check box will be selected. You cannot run an order confirmation for order lines that have not been accepted.
- Loose allocation
- This check box is selected when you run the Update orders processing for sales order lines that have been updated from purchase/production orders. The order line will then will perceived and processed as within the lead time regardless of whether the confirmed delivery date falls beyond the current date + total lead time.
- Sent from supplier
- The goods have been sent from the supplier.
If you make an entry in the Sent date field on the purchase and production order lines, this check box will be selected. For sales orders you update this field by running the Update orders processing or by saving the purchase and production orders to which they refer.
- Confirmed by supplier
- The date in the Confirmed delivery date
field has been confirmed by the supplier.
If you make an entry in the Confirmed field in the purchase and production order lines, this check box will be selected. For sales orders you update this field by running the Update orders processing or by saving the purchase and production orders to which they refer.
____
- Discontinued from range
- Exempt from order generating
- An order is not placed for the product when you generate a purchase or production order from a sales or production order. This value is suggested based on the value in the Stock balance table.
- Manual finish date
- When you run the Finish processing the
current date disregarded and the date from the Manual finish date field is
suggested. The shipment and product transactions are then updated with this finish
date.
This check box is selected when you enter a value in the Manual finish date field.
- Finish 0 and release reservations
- This field is selected when you enter 0 in the field Finish NOW field and save. When finished, the reservation is cancelled and you can print a new pick list.
____
- Account debit/credit freight 1-4 and customs on purchase
- This check box is selected when you select the Account debit/credit freight 1-4 and customs on purchase check box in the VAT and accounting processing field in the VAT- and accounting information table or in the Transp. agr. processing field in the Company information table. This is used when you post the order.
Ready for / Performed
- Ready for delivery messages
- The sales order line is ready for printing in delivery notes.
This check box is selected when saving the order, when the order line statuses for confirmed by supplier or sent from supplier have been changed since the last save. This check box is also selected if you change the confirmed delivery date if the order line has already been included in delivery notes. When printing order confirmations this check box is cleared.
- Done delivery messages
- The sales order line has been included in a delivery notes printout. The printed delivery notes are approved by clearing Ready for delivery messages and selecting this check box. When printing order confirmations this check box is cleared.
Structure head
- No
- The order line is not a structure head.
- Unexpanded
- This option is enabled when a product number is keyed in when the product has been checked for automatic expansion for the current transaction type.
- Expanded
- This option is selected at the same time as expansion takes place,
whether by means of:
- Typing in quantity when the Unexpanded option is selected.
- Running the Expand structure processing when this option is not already selected.
Order match status
Displays the different statuses for the order match process on the order lines.
- Order match not in use
- When Order match is not in process. Can be either an Order line that has not been order matched at all, or an order where Order match has already been performed.
- Inside tolerance level
- When Order line values are inside tolerance levels it can be processed forward.
- Outside tolerance level
- When Order line values are outside tolerance levels order cannot be processed until values are changed.
- Excessive quantity
- When Quantity on an invoice is more than what has been finished on an Order line.
- Original values overwritten
- When original Order line values have been overridden by a supplier invoice values.
____
- Cancelled
- The Cancel processing from the Order or Order line table has been run.
____
- Transferred from appointments
- The Generate order processing from the Appointment table has been run.
- Time schedule approved
- The Generate order
processing from the Appointment table has been run. The
appointment you transfer must be confirmed for the time schedule before transfer in
order for this check box to be selected. Note:You cannot approve hours from orders and the order line will not be updated if the appointment changes status.
- Transferred to wage
- The Generate order
processing from the Appointment table has been run. The
appointment you transfer must be transferred to wage in order for this check box to be
selected. Note:You cannot transfer to wage from orders and order line will not be updated if the appointment changes status.
____
- Min amount is used
- This check box is selected when you enter order lines with products that have a value in the Minimum amount field in the Price- and discount matrix table. As long as the check box is selected, the amount on the order line will always follow the minimum amount. If you want this to stop, you can clear the check box.
- Max amount is used
- This check box is updated when you enter order lines with products that have a value in the Maximum amount field in the Price- and discount matrix table. As long as the check box is selected, the amount on the order line will always follow the maximum amount. If you want this to stop, you can clear the check box.
____
- Price collected
- This field is selected the first time a price is imported into the order line, as a control of whether the price/discount is to be imported again if the Price field is empty.
- Overridden price
- This check box is selected when the suggested price on the order line is overridden. The combination of Overridden price and Do not resuggest price/discount under Proc. method 1 means that price/discount are not reimported from the price and discount matrix. This only applies before the order line is saved.
Split price
- No
- Head
- If you select Split order line in the row that is returned from the Price- and discount matrix, Business NXT will be able to use different prices for different quantity intervals. Business NXT then puts a check box showing the status of the order line as Split price = Head. The embedded order lines are set as Split price = Line. In this way Business NXT ensures that the order lines are not separated several times and updates prices and quantities in the price lines when you make changes in the price head.
- Line
- If you select Split order line in the row that is returned from the Price- and discount matrix, Business NXT will be able to use different prices for different quantity intervals. Business NXT then puts a check box showing the status of the order line as Split price = Head. The embedded order lines are set as Split price = Line. In this way Business NXT ensures that the order lines are not separated several times and updates prices and quantities in the price lines when you make changes in the price head.
Location control
- Quantity
- Weight
- Volume
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Order line status | Integer |
| SQL name | OrdLnSt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | orderLineStatus | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6176 |
Order no.
The order.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | Yes | This field is visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Order no. | Integer |
| Primary key | Yes | Order no., Line no. |
| SQL name | OrdNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | orderNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2952 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Order | Order |
| ||
| Order line | AllocatedPurchaseOrderWithAllLines |
| ||
| Order line | AllocatedPurchaseOrderLines |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Order line | StructureHeadOrderLine |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Order line | StructureLineOrderLine |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Appointment | Appointment |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. |
Order type
The order type from the order head. Can be overridden.
Can be used for overriding the Order type from the Order table. This field is by default blank.
You can change both transaction type and order type for an order which has already been entered. Business NXT will then reverse the processing of the old transaction or order type to the extent necessary in relation to the new one.
You can combine the transaction type with one of eight different order types:
Business NXT suggests order type 1 - Normal order in the Order type field in the Order head page element when entering sales orders, loan/hire orders and purchase orders. Orders generated from the Appointment table are also allocated this order type, although you can change this in the Company information table.
When you invoice direct and cash orders and save realised orders, Business NXT reserves everything you ask for, even if it is not available. If necessary, shipments are produced with negative availability.
- 1 - Normal order
- You use this for agreed or planned future goods out/goods received. You can part-deliver an order. You must finish a Normal order before you can realise it. Orders generated from the Appointment table are given this order type, but you can change this in the Company information table. This is the only order type for which you can print an order confirmation, pick list, packing slip and consignment note.
- 2 - Direct order
- You can use direct order if you want to enter the invoicing details
directly. You cannot print a pick list for this order type. Business NXT can reserve more than what is available when entering direct orders. Note:If you do not have enough products in stock for a "Direct order" that is to be invoiced, a separate shipment is created for the negative quantity.This applies even if you have not selected the Add shipments with negative availability field, which you can find under the Processing/Processing method/Warehouse menu item in the products or the order lines. You cannot part-deliver a direct order, as it is finished when the invoice is printed.
- 3 - Cash order
- A cash order is the same as a direct order, but the invoice printout
is launched when you save the order. When an invoice is printed for a cash order, the
current date is used as the order date when VAT is calculated. When you save a cash
order a dialog box appears containing payment information. This contains information
on the order amount and a field in which you can key in the amount received. You can
see the difference in the Outstanding field. The dialog box also contains a field in
which you enter the method of payment. The accounts are updated directly via a batch
per cash order. If you do not have enough products in stock for a "Cash order" that is
to be invoiced, a separate shipment is created for the negative quantity. Note:Credit note on cash order is allowed, if user has function access to "Allow credit note on cash order".
- 4 - Realised order
- This order type is realised when saved, i.e. stock and statistics are
updated immediately. Note:You can use this order type when no order documents are used, e.g. in the event of adjustments.We recommend that this order type is not used together with transaction type 1 - Sales, as you are not able to print out or transfer to accounts.
- 5 - Quotation/Inquiry
- You can print this order type as a quotation or inquiry, but no processing is involved. If the quotation is accepted you must change the order type to 1 - Normal order, 2 - Direct order or 3 - Cash order for the order to be processed.
- 6 - Unprocessed order
- This order type corresponds to the quotation order, although you cannot print it out as a quotation. The order does not generate any processing, and you must change it to another order type before you can process it. An unprocessed order is useful for imported orders. When the import is complete you can change the order type so that it can be processed.
- 7 - Advance order
- An advance order uses the same processing method as a normal order, although Business NXT does not check stock availability during order entry or whether the credit limit has been/will be exceeded.
- 8 - Budget order
- If you select this order type it means that the order lines will not be processed, in the same way as for Unprocessed orders.
- 9 - Credit card order
- Note:You cannot use order type 9 - Credit card order with manual entry. It must be imported via the EDI clock.Note:You cannot enter this order type manually. You must import it using the EDI clock. This order type is intended for Internet trading programs such as Zpider, and is dependent on Zpider being installed with communication to the card company. Upon invoicing, the reserved amount is activated at the card company, with the effect that the amount is transferred from the card company. If you delete or edit order type 9 - Credit card order, the reserved amount is cancelled at the card company. It is not possible to increase the amount of such an order over and above what is specified for Invoice customer no. in the Credit card reservation addition % field. A credit card order must be finished before it can be invoiced. Order type 9 - Credit card order also requires that the Invoice reference, Currency no., Contract amount and Invoice customer no. fields are filled in for the order. The following fields are locked for editing in a credit card order:If you change a credit card order to a different order type you cannot reset it to a credit card order, and the amount is cancelled at the card company.
- Invoice customer no.
- Invoice reference
- Masked card no.
- Contract amount
- Contract amount (dom.)
- Currency no.
- Card company
Note:It is not possible to edit such an order unless you have selected "Allow change to credit card order" for the access group under the processing "Function access/Misc.". An increase in the amount is not approved over and above the credit card reservation addition rate, even at this access level.When you copy such an order type, all you have to do is check the box for the credit note to show that it contains order type "9. Credit card order" and a credit is sent to the card company. A credit card order may only be credited once.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Order type | Integer |
| SQL name | OrdTp | The database field name. |
| API identifier | orderType | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6168 |
Organisational unit 1
The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
Organisational units fields can be used freely according to company needs to split accounting, sales and purchases into organisational units. The most common types are department, project and campaign. It is also possible to limit the organisational units a user should see by limiting the organisational units in the Limitation groups, User limitation groups and Limitations. The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Organisational unit no. | Integer |
| SQL name | R1 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | orgUnit1 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2989 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Organisational unit 1 | OrgUnit1 |
|
Organisational unit 2
The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
Organisational units fields can be used freely according to company needs to split accounting, sales and purchases into organisational units. The most common types are department, project and campaign. It is also possible to limit the organisational units a user should see by limiting the organisational units in the Limitation groups, User limitation groups and Limitations. The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Organisational unit no. | Integer |
| SQL name | R2 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | orgUnit2 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2990 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Organisational unit 2 | OrgUnit2 |
|
Organisational unit 3
The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
Organisational units fields can be used freely according to company needs to split accounting, sales and purchases into organisational units. The most common types are department, project and campaign. It is also possible to limit the organisational units a user should see by limiting the organisational units in the Limitation groups, User limitation groups and Limitations. The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Organisational unit no. | Integer |
| SQL name | R3 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | orgUnit3 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2991 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Organisational unit 3 | OrgUnit3 |
|
Organisational unit 4
The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
Organisational units fields can be used freely according to company needs to split accounting, sales and purchases into organisational units. The most common types are department, project and campaign. It is also possible to limit the organisational units a user should see by limiting the organisational units in the Limitation groups, User limitation groups and Limitations. The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Organisational unit no. | Integer |
| SQL name | R4 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | orgUnit4 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2992 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Organisational unit 4 | OrgUnit4 |
|
Organisational unit 5
The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
Organisational units fields can be used freely according to company needs to split accounting, sales and purchases into organisational units. The most common types are department, project and campaign. It is also possible to limit the organisational units a user should see by limiting the organisational units in the Limitation groups, User limitation groups and Limitations. The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Organisational unit no. | Integer |
| SQL name | R5 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | orgUnit5 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2993 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Organisational unit 5 | OrgUnit5 |
|
Organisational unit 6
The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
Organisational units fields can be used freely according to company needs to split accounting, sales and purchases into organisational units. The most common types are department, project and campaign. It is also possible to limit the organisational units a user should see by limiting the organisational units in the Limitation groups, User limitation groups and Limitations. The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Organisational unit no. | Integer |
| SQL name | R6 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | orgUnit6 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2994 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Organisational unit 6 | OrgUnit6 |
|
Organisational unit 7
The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Long alphanumeric organisational unit no. | Text (40) |
| SQL name | R7 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | orgUnit7 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 9474 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Organisational unit 7 | OrgUnit7 |
|
Organisational unit 8
The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Short alphanumeric organisational unit no. | Text (10) |
| SQL name | R8 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | orgUnit8 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 9475 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Organisational unit 8 | OrgUnit8 |
|
Organisational unit 9
The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Short alphanumeric organisational unit no. | Text (10) |
| SQL name | R9 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | orgUnit9 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 9476 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Organisational unit 9 | OrgUnit9 |
|
Organisational unit 10
The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Short alphanumeric organisational unit no. | Text (10) |
| SQL name | R10 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | orgUnit10 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 9477 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Organisational unit 10 | OrgUnit10 |
|
Organisational unit 11
The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Short alphanumeric organisational unit no. | Text (10) |
| SQL name | R11 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | orgUnit11 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 9478 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Organisational unit 11 | OrgUnit11 |
|
Organisational unit 12
The organisational unit the order line is assigned to.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
The field appear with the name assigned to it in the Company information table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Short alphanumeric organisational unit no. | Text (10) |
| SQL name | R12 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | orgUnit12 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 9479 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Organisational unit 12 | OrgUnit12 |
|
Original confirmed delivery date
The original confirmed delivery date.
The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Date | Integer |
| SQL name | FCfDelDt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | originalConfirmedDeliveryDate | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6302 |
Original confirmed delivery week
The original confirmed delivery date saved as day of week number, week number and year.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Week | Integer |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | originalConfirmedDeliveryWeek | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6301 |
Original quantity
The first time you save an order line, this field is updated with the value in the Quantity field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | NoOrg | The database field name. |
| API identifier | originalQuantity | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 15376 |
Outside lead time
Might be checked if the order line falls outside the lead time.
This box is checked if the order line falls outside the lead time if:
- confirmed delivery date is greater than current date + total lead time, or
- the order line status flag for Loose allocation is already on
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Boolean | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | outsideLeadTime | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6298 |
Outstanding
Shows the same as the Quantity field, i.e. the quantity which remains to be finished.
It may be necessary to edit out the Outstanding field in printouts as the quantity field is used there to display the quantity covered by the printout. If you do not select to finish the picked quantity in the Processing method dialog box, the quantity in the Outstanding field is finished when you use the processings for finishing in the Order and Order line tables.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | outstanding | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4759 |
Packed
How much of the finished quantity has been printed and approved in packing slips.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | NoPac | The database field name. |
| API identifier | packed | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3012 |
Payment supplier no.
The alternative supplier the purchase payment is to be paid to, if it is someone else than the supplier on the order.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Sup. no. | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | RmtSup | The database field name. |
| API identifier | remittanceSupplierNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4331 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Associate | RemittanceSupplier |
|
Period key
The period key to be transferred to the voucher line for accrual accounting of the sales and consumed goods accounts, e.g. products for rent and licence.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Period key | Integer |
| SQL name | PrK | The database field name. |
| API identifier | periodKeyNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 15860 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Period key | PeriodKey |
|
Pick max.
Used to state the maximum quantity that you want to reserve in the order line.
This is the same quantity as that you enter in the Reserve NOW and Pick NOW fields. Using the Pick max. field, you can reserve a product from the same shipment for several customers even if a customer further up the queue has ordered a large quantity. The field has the following processing rules:
- The field is deleted after the pick list is printed.
- No message is displayed if you specify a quantity larger than that available.
- The field takes the structure item's relative quantity into account.
- It has no effect on the Reserve on save parameter.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | PicMax | The database field name. |
| API identifier | pickMax | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 9273 |
Pick NOW
How much, if any, you will like to pick now without printing pick list or if you want to pick a specific quantity or as a check against it.
When you save the quantity is updated in the Picked field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | PicN | The database field name. |
| API identifier | pickNow | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4999 |
Picked
How much of the total quantity that has been picked.
The value in this field constitutes the total of the values in the Picked field in the relevant rows in the Reservation table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | NoPic | The database field name. |
| API identifier | picked | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3010 |
Picked without reservation
If you have selected One reservation line per unit at stock reduction in the Serial no. tab of the Processing method dialog box, but not the field Reserve serial no. at picking, the pick list does not update the shipments or save the reservation lines.
It only updates the stock balances and order lines. The quantity that is picked this way without reservation is accumulated in the Picked without reservation field in the Stock balances and Order line tables. The quantity in this field is deducted from the value in the Reservable field, so that it appears as Realised stock + Unrealised stock increase - Reserved - Picked without reservation. When you finish an order the field is reduced in the Order lines and Stock balances fields.
To withdraw a pick that has been undertaken in this way you must use the Withdraw picking without reservation processing in the Order line table. It does not work with a negative quantity in the Picked NOW field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | PicNotR | The database field name. |
| API identifier | pickedWithoutReservation | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 13756 |
Picture file name
A link to the picture file for the order line.
The picture file is copied from the from the product to the order line if the Copy picture from product check box on the Misc. page in the Proc. method 1 field is selected.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Picture file name | Text (260) |
| SQL name | PictFNm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | pictureFileName | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 8561 |
Plan type
The invoice plan type, used for Invoicing according to plan.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table.
- 1 - On account
- This value can be selected if 1 - On account/settlement is selected in the Inv. according to plan field in the Order table.
- 2 - Fixed price
- 3 - Additional expenses
- 4 - Settlement
- There is to be a settlement invoice on the date specified, and the
fields for specifying what and how much you are to invoice will have no
significance.
This value can be selected if 1 - On account/settlement is selected in the Inv. according to plan field in the Order table.
- 5 - Invoiced on account
- This plan type is allocated automatically.
- 6 - Invoiced fixed price
- This plan type is allocated automatically.
- 7 - Invoiced additional expenses
- This plan type is allocated automatically.
- 8 - Invoiced settlement
- This plan type is allocated automatically.
- 9 - Settled on account
- This plan type is allocated automatically.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Plan type | Integer |
| SQL name | InvoPlLn | The database field name. |
| API identifier | planType | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3054 |
Price
The price of the product , in the actual currency.
The price is retrieved when you enter or change the quantity, and when you change other price criteria such as customer price group or department. Only the guideline price, from the row in which the sales price is found, is retrieved into the Order line table.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.
Do not use this field for entry as it does not calculate back to the price field. This results in posted amounts deviating from invoice amounts in the accounts.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | Yes | This field is visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price | Decimal |
| SQL name | Price | The database field name. |
| API identifier | priceInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2975 |
Price (dom.)
The price of the product , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | DPrice | The database field name. |
| API identifier | priceDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3592 |
Price after discount
The unit price for the product after the line discount , in the actual currency.
Calculated on the basis of the prices and discounts in the line. If you override this field, the Disc. amount 6 field is updated.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price | Decimal |
| SQL name | NetPr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | priceAfterDiscountInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4476 |
Price after discount (dom.)
The unit price for the product after the line discount , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | DNetPr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | priceAfterDiscountDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4477 |
Price after discount in EURO
The unit price for the product after the line discount , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price | Decimal |
| Source column | Price after discount | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | priceAfterDiscountInEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7824 |
Price factor
A factor by which Price and Quantity fields can be multiplied, when calculating line amounts.
In connection with hire/loan, the hire period is generally multiplied by price and quantity when calculating line amounts. If you check the Price factor for hire orders box under Price/discount processing in the Company information table, the price factor is suggested from a table of price factors for various hire periods and multiplies by this factor. This is applicable when the amount is not to tally directly with the hire period.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price | Decimal |
| SQL name | PriceF | The database field name. |
| API identifier | priceFactor | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6285 |
Price in EURO
The price of the product , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price | Decimal |
| Source column | Price | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | priceInEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7753 |
Price qty.
The number of units the price is valid for.
The price types which will be considered the price quantity in their calculations are defined in the Price quantity extent field in the Company information table. If the field is empty or has the value 1, the given price is used as the price per unit.
The price quantity cannot be changed if there are shipments linked to the product. You can only override the price quantity in order lines which are exempt from warehousing.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | PrNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | priceQuantity | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6174 |
Price type
The type of price, for example a campaign price.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Price- and discount matrix table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price type | Integer |
| SQL name | PrTp | The database field name. |
| API identifier | priceType | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6394 |
Price unit
The unit measurement for which prices, cost prices and consignment costs are valid.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table.
- 1 - Quantity in base unit
- 2 - Length
- 3 - Area
- 4 - Volume
- 5 - Net weight
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price unit | Integer |
| SQL name | PrUn | The database field name. |
| API identifier | priceUnit | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5979 |
Proc. method 1
Settings defining the behaviour of the order line.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product and Structure tables.
On all dialog box pages there is a double set of check boxes. The first column of check boxes is the main column, and this relates to the actual row. The second column is only relevant for structure products. This column describes the behaviour of the structure lines and is only available from the Product table and only when the product is a structure head.
Warehousing
- Exempt from warehousing
- The product is, for example, a service and is not held in any
warehouse must not be included in the warehousing routine. No tracking will be done
for stock balances and stock changes, and there will be no shipments processed.
Note:If an increase order line has some reservations linked to the order line's shipments, it will not be possible to select this field. You must first cancel the decrease orders that have reservations against this order line.
The new row after invoicing and finishing for hire of products will automatically be exempt from warehousing. If you have registered an order with a product which is to be hired out and the product which you have registered is in stock, the stock will be reduced on finishing.
Note:If you try to write or copy a number that contains this check box, and something is reserved against the shipments for this order line, the following message appears in the Status bar: You are not allowed to turn off warehousing when something is reserved against any shipments on the reservation lines of the order line.
Reservation method
- Reserve on save
- The quantity will be reserved when you save.
- Reserve from given shipment
- The reservation on the order will only take place from this
shipment.
When entering an order, you can also reserve the product on the order line from the transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan.
This only works if a shipment number has been entered on the order line regardless of the transaction type. If a full delivery cannot be made, the surplus quantity is assigned to back order.
If this check box is not selected and a shipment number has been entered, the shipment number that is specified will be reserved. If the Shipment no. field is blank, it will be reserved in accordance with FIFO.
- Only reserve if the whole quantity is available in stock
- This option works with the parameter Reserve only if the whole quantity is available.
- Suggest shipment no. 1
- Shipment number 1 is suggested when you enter the product number on
order lines. Tip:If you always want to use shipment number 1 you can select the Only one shipment field in the Company information table.Note:This is a method that we do not recommend for those running warehouse management of the products.
- No reservation on goods received
- Sales order lines are not reserved against purchase and production order lines when goods are received.
- (From the Structure table)
- Reserve available quantity
- Reserve only if the whole quantity is available
- The shipment is not reserved unless the whole quantity is available.
- Meet reservations req. even if not available
- This field is no longer in use. Be aware the field may be removed in later versions.
Picking method
- Pick complete order line
- If you have chosen to pick the entire order line, the order line is only included on printouts of pick lists if there are more of the remaining quantity that you can pick. If you have to pick the whole structure or the same share of the structure lines, this can also block structures from being picked. If you have to pick the whole order in one lot, you can find a corresponding option in the dialog box for customer and order options.
- Do not withdraw picking if finishing less
- No previous reservations or items picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.
- Picking after invoicing
- This option allows reservation handling to be postponed until
invoicing has been done. The products are not picked on finishing and invoicing, and
you can pick after invoicing. If you select this check box, and do not create
reservations before invoicing, the following items are reduced on picking instead of
on finishing/invoicing:
- Stock and reservations in the Stock balance table.
- Shipments.
- Unrealised stock changes in the Stock balance and Stock change tables.
Note:If the products are not picked before finishing or invoicing, only the Finished and Invoiced/realised quantity fields in the order lines are updated, and accounting vouchers are generated. Product transactions are not created, as there is nowhere to save the references. Only when the lines are picked, either by printing a pick list or using the Pick NOW field, are Reservation and Product transaction updated together with the Shipment, Stock balance and Stock change tables.Picking after invoicing will not work if using Reserve on save or creating manual reservations.Note:There are no product transactions for these invoicing actions until after picking.Note:Order lines that are processed in this way have two realisation journal lines:- One on invoicing, which does not have a product transaction to refer to.
- One on picking, which does not have a Voucher jour. no. to refer to.
Note:If you would like to get payments in advance, the recommended method is to use the processing Create prepayment line in Order table.If you have selected the Picking after invoicing field, two lines are created in the Realisation journal table instead of one. One is created on invoicing, and one when the order is picked. The two lines have a different value in the Origin field:- 9 - Order processing
- 38 - Order processing with picking after invoicing
- Finish picked quantity with menu choice
- You select this option if you want to finish what is missing by finishing the entire picked quantity.
- Keep reservations even if picking less
- No previous reservations beyond those already picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.
Exception
- Allow non-existent shipment numbers
- A warning is given when you enter a shipment number that does not exist for a product or stock combination in an order line. If the shipment does not exist, a new shipment will be created with this number. The shipment can also have been deleted because it has been emptied. If you want to retain shipments you must select the Keep shipments check box under the Order processing 2 field in the Company information table.
- Do not process shipments in FIFO order
- Shipments are not investigated in FIFO order unless the reservation requirements can be satisfied.
- Add shipments with negative availability
- Shipments with negative availability will be added if there is still a
balance to reserve, after all shipments of the product have been investigated. This
also applies if it is a direct order, a cash order or a realised order.Note:You can use the Add shipments with negative availability field to return goods in unrealised purchase order lines, even if the goods are reserved in a sales order.When you create a negative shipment, the Serial no., Location, Use by date, Order no. and Cost price fields from the order line are transferred to the shipment. They are then also included in the Reservation table, in product transactions and when posting to accounts.Note:In such instances no new "negative new shipment" is created, but instead the shipment to which the goods were delivered is assigned negative availability.
Serial number
Reservation
- One shipment per unit at stock increase
- You will have one shipment per item for a product. One shipment for each serial number is generated if there is a goods receipt, production credit note or other stock increases.
- One reservation line per unit at stock reduction
- You will have one reservation row per serial number for a product. One
reservation row for each serial number is generated if there is a finished sales
order, further processing, production or other stock reductions.
Select this field if you only want to generate reservations for outgoing deliveries with serial numbers and not for receipts. This will guarantee traceability of serial numbers, because one stock transaction is produced for each reservation.
- Reserve serial no. at picking
- By default there is no reservation when you have registered a product as a serial number. You must select this check box if you want the pick list to generate reservation lines. The order lines are processed by the pick list, which enables you to run the pick list and define which serial numbers were picked upon finishing. The Stock balance table is updated with the quantity reserved without reservation lines being automatically generated. The order line is updated in the Picked and Picked without reservation fields. When this order line is finished, the Stock balance table is not updated with the quantity reserved, as this was done when the pick list was printed.
- Calculate "Finish NOW" when entering serial no.
- The value in the Finish NOW field in the
order line increases when you register the serial number in the Order line, Reservation and Serial no. tables. If you delete the
serial number the value in the Finish NOW field is
reduced.Note:If you want to add the serial number before finishing the stock increase in the Reservation table, you cannot select this check box.
Reject
- Duplicate serial no.
- You select this check box if you want to reject duplications of the same serial number for an order line in the Serial no. and Reservation tables. This also prevents duplicate entry with the bar code reader. If there is a stock increase in the Order line and Reservation tables, a check will be made in the Product transaction table to see whether this serial number has been used before.
- Non-existent serial no.
- A check is done if the registered serial number is in the Shipment table. You receive a message in the status bar from the Order line and Reservation tables if the serial number already exists, while in the Serial no. table you receive a message dialog box on screen.
Structure
Structure head
- Product is structure head
Expand structure on transaction type
- Sales
- Hire
- Loan
- Adjustment/internal issue
- Further processing
- Purchase
- Production
- Stock transfer
Picking of structures
- (From the Structure table)
- Pick individual structure lines
- Pick same fraction of structure lines
- The same proportion of the quantities in all structure lines is picked as is included in the structure. The order line with the lowest share determines how much is picked. If not everything in the structure line is picked, the share is calculated as follows: The quantity picked in each structure line is rounded off to the closest number divisible by the quotient of the total number of structure lines and the total number in the structure head. The Balance to pick field in the structure head shows how many complete structure still have to be picked.
- Pick complete structure
- The structure can only be picked if the quantities can be picked.
- Distribute amounts on structure lines
- The amount in the structure head is distributed among the structure
lines when the structure is expanded.
- Weights: distribution then takes place in accordance with the values in the Structure weight field in the Structure table. The amount in a structure line is set equal to the amount in the structure head multiplied by the weight of the line and divided by the sum of the weights.
- Calculate prices: The prices in the structure lines are calculated at the same time as the amount in the line divided by the quantity in the line. This selection applies to structure heads with transaction type 1, and mean that the check box is selected so that prices are not retrieved for structure lines when the structure is expanded.
- Process substructures: If you choose to expand substructures in the Structure table, the amount in a substructure line is distributed down among sub-product lines. You must check the option to distribute amounts among structure lines in the 2nd column in the dialog box for the structure head or in the Structure table.
- Recalculate: If you change prices, discounts or other fields that change the amount in the current currency in the order line for a structure heading, the amounts and prices in the structure line will be recalculated.
- Finish structure line from structure head
- You can finish a structure from the Main product and it will calculate a relationship for the structure lines. This also assumes that the check for Pick same fraction of structure lines has been used.
- Do not calculate price quantity in structure head
- The amount in the structure head is multiplied by the price quantity of the product in the structure head, and not by the price quantity of orders with transaction type 7 - Production.
Structure lines
Accumulate in structure head
- Revenue
- Revenue in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. If you have orders with transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan, you must have specified the hire price in the Price- and discount matrix table. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding check box for posting revenue in the After processing tab.
- Sales costs
- The costs in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting costs in the After processing tab.
- Production costs
- Costs and amounts in production orders will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting production costs in the After processing tab.
- Fixed quantity (regardless of qty. in structure head)
- The quantity in the structure line is not multiplied by the quantity in the structure head when the structure expands, or if you subsequently change the quantity in the structure head.
- Add lead time from structure head
- The lead time and transport time in the structure head are added when calculating the preferred delivery date and arrival/departure date for purchase and production orders. The lead time and transport time from the structure line are also added.
- Expand substructure
- Display the substructures in the order lines.
- Raw material
Prices
Do not get
- Sales price
- The sales price is not called up to sales order lines.
- Cost price on sale
- The cost price is not called up to sales order lines.
- Cost price on production
- The cost price and the price are not called up to production order lines.
Resuggesting price
- Do not resuggest price/discount
- No lookup is performed in the Price- and discount matrix in the
sales, hire and purchase order lines. This only applies if you have already filled in
the Price field.
Reserving from shipment will override the cost price even if the setting is
on.Note:This selection does not affect the updating of prices when you run the Recalculate prices processing. Nor does it affect price updates made elsewhere in Business NXT. This selection only affects the price update when entering an order.
- Set "Do not resuggest price/discount" when saving
- Do not use "price from quantity format" even if flag is set
Discount calculation
- Do not calculate discount from standard price
- You select this check box if you do not want to calculate a discount from the standard price fields in the current currency and default currency when referring to the Price and discount matrix. Applies to sales, hire and purchase order lines. When you post to the accounts, any change to the price in the order line compared to the price suggested from the Price and discount matrix is not posted as a discount.
- Suggest price after discount and rounding
- The discount is deducted from the price immediately by referring to the Price- and discount matrix in the sales and hire order lines.
- Exempt from total discount
- No total discount is calculated for such order lines.
Quantity and price calculation
- Calculate price from quantity format
- The price rather than the quantity is calculated from the From, To and Factor 3 fields. This depends on which quantity format you have selected. No reference is made to the Price- and discount matrix.
- Amount/Share specifies amount to be invoiced so far
- The amount or share in the order line is treated as invoiced so far after this invoice. This can apply to both on account and fixed prices.
- Share calculated from total incurred costs
- The price is calculated as a share of the value in the Inc. cost total field on the order instead of the default Contract amount field.
Cost price calculation
- Get cost price from price and discount matrix
- The cost price in decrease order lines is retrieved from the Price- and discount matrix instead of the Stock balance table. In the Reservation table the actual cost prices are still retrieved from the shipments. You should not check the box for services or other products that are not to be included in warehousing. In this instance the cost prices from the Price- and discount matrix will be retrieved. If you have selected the Get cost price from price and discount matrix and Do not resuggest price/discount fields, the cost price is retained, even if you select a shipment with another cost price. If you have not selected the Calculate cost from the order line's cost price field, the cost price of the shipment is also used for product transactions and in posting.
- Calculate avg. cost price on the order line
- You select this check box if you want to set the cost price in the order line as a weighted average of the cost prices in the reservation lines. The value is set when you reserve or change cost prices for decrease order lines in the Reservation table. This is based on the reserved quantities and cost prices when the entire quantity on the order line is reserved.
- Calculate cost from the order line's cost price
- The costs are calculated and posted from the order line's cost price.
Note:The Temporary costs field under Trans. status will then not be selected, and the product transactions are not updated with the correct cost price upon receipt of goods, but retain the value from the order line.
The cost price will follow the transaction throughout the chain. The cost price in the order line is used for posting and statistics. This means that this cost price is not updated if the product is delivered on a subsequent occasion with a different cost price. You must therefore make changes in the accounts yourself if prices change.
- Do not update sales order lines for price refunds
- The prices in the sales order lines and refund lines are not updated.
Visma.net settings
- Do not deduct VAT from Expense price on orders
Editing
Quantity format
- (From the Structure table)
- Quantity
- Hours and minutes
- Start and end date exclusive
- Start and end date inclusive
- Factors
Quantity calculation
- Do not suggest incurred as quantity
- You can select this check box if you do not want to duplicate the values in the Incurred quantity field in the Quantity field. If you want to invoice anything you must complete the field yourself.
- Calculate quantity from weight/dimension
- You select this option if you want to calculate the Quantity field in the order lines when you enter the quantity in base unit, dimensions or weight in total for the line. The appropriate 'per unit' factor will automatically be divided.
- Delete rest when filling in "Finish NOW"
- There will be nothing left over, as the Quantity field is set equal to the Finish NOW field when you fill in Finish NOW. Disregard obligatory fields.
- Exchange arrangement
Enter
- Description
- The cursor stops in the Description field. This can be required if the product number acts as a common number for several products, or if there is a text line.
- From and to/factors
- The cursor stops in the From, To and Factor 3 fields and skips Incurred.
Restrictions
Exempt from
- Returning
- Finishing
- Acceptance
- Invoice received
- Goods received
- Sent from supplier
- Purchase confirmation
- Recalculate prices
- Cancelling
- Order generation
- The order line is not generated on automatic order generation. The Exempt from order generating flag is set automatically in the Order line status field when the order line is created.
- Calc. of additional cost
- The product will be exempt from cost price addition and freight costs
from the order head.
If you want to exempt entire orders from processing, you can find appropriate options in the 3rd column of the dialog box for the menu item.
Note:This does not apply for cost calculation.Exempt from cost calculation does not then complete the line with distributed costs from the order head.
Mandatory fields
- Locations on increase
- Disregard mandatory fields
- If you have selected the Mandatory box in the dialog box for the Edit/Entry rules menu item, you see red question marks in the fields in the order lines. If you select this check box the question marks will be hidden.
Processing methods
- Processing methods locked
Printout
Include on pick list
- (From the Structure table)
- The order line
- The structure
- Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.
- The order
- Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.
Suppress
- Product no.
- Product no. will be hidden. For example, it might be appropriate not to display product numbers if they are used as text and group discount codes.
- Quantity
- Quantity will be hidden.
- Price and discount
- Price and Discount will be hidden.
- Amount
- Amount will be hidden.
- Cost price and cost
- Cost price and cost will be hidden.
- Requested delivery date
- Required delivery date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
- Confirmed delivery date
- Confirmed delivery date will be hidden. You might want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
- Other dates
- Original confirmed delivery date, Sent date and Arrival/departure date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
- Memo
- Order line memos will not be displayed on order documents.
Excluded on
- Invoices/credit notes
- The order line is excluded on invoices and credit notes.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals. Invoices and credit notes are entered into the statistics and posted to the accounts.
- Consignment notes
- The order line is excluded on consignment notes.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Packing slips
- The order line is excluded on packing slips.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Pick lists
- The order line is excluded on pick lists.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Delivery notes
- The order line is excluded on delivery notes.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Order confirmations
- The order line is excluded on order confirmations.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Quotations
- The order line is excluded on quotations.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Purchase orders
- The order line is excluded on purchase orders.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Inquiries
- The order line is excluded on inquiries.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Production orders
- The order line is excluded on production orders.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- If 0
- The order line is excluded if the quantity is 0.Tip:This can be relevant in connection with structures in which you enter quantities after expansion and do not want to display lines with no quantities.
Post processing
Do not include totals
- Revenue
- You can select the Revenue check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group
totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of amounts/weights and dimensions in the
structure head and structure lines. This can be when either the price is suggested in
both places, or amounts are accumulated in the structure head. Weights and dimensions
can also seperately be excluded from being calculated from the order line to the order
head.Note:Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
- Sales costs
- You can select the Sales costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group
totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and
structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs
are accumulated in the structure head. Note:Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
- Production costs
- You can select the Production costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group
totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and
structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs
are accumulated in the structure head. Note:Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
- Weight and Volume
- You can select the Weight and Volume check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling weights and dimensions in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when values are suggested in both places, or accumulated in the structure head.
Exclude from accounting
- Revenue
- If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
- Sales costs
- If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
- Sales costs, if exempt from warehousing
- If you have selected this field and select the Exempt from warehousing field under Processing method/Warehouse, the Sales costs field is automatically selected under Processing method/Post processing/Exclude from accounting. If you deselect the Exempt from warehousing field, the Sales costs field is automatically deselected. This also applies to the Exempt from warehousing field in the Order line table.
- Production costs
- If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to
accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from
posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue,
it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for
sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs
are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general
ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in
structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the
structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have
different tax and accounting groups and account sets.Note:Selecting this option will also exclude accounting of transaction types 5 - Further processing, 8 - Stock transfer and 4 - Adjustment/internal issue, including corrections from stock count.
Exclude from statistics
- Revenue
- The price fields and amounts are not filled in for product
transactions. Note:If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
- Sales costs
- The cost price fields for sales are not filled in for product
transactions.Note:If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
- Production costs
- The cost price fields for incurred costs are not filled in for product
transactions. This selection applies to fields showing both current price/amount and
cost price etc.Note:If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
Other accounting rules
- Post temp. stock value
- You post the debit/credit product cost upon finishing, and upon receipt of invoice and invoicing these postings are reversed.
- Accrual accounting to end of year
- You can apply accrual accounting of income and expenses from a sale
from the sales date until 31.12.Note:This calculation does not use accounting periods, but is valid for the calendar year.
Misc.
Group processing
- (From the Structure table)
- None
- Group discount
- You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.
- Group total
- You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.
Time to next invoice
- Weeks instead of months
- If you do not check the Weeks instead of months box, the time unit for the Time to next field is months.
- Always last day of month
- A check here leads to the next order line being set to the last day of the month and will therefore be 30th, 31st pr 28th, depending on how many days there are in the month.
- Use Quarter Days
- Not used in this country, but Quarter days is a term unique to the UK and applies to the letting of property. The days are 25.3, 24.6, 29.9 and 25.12. It is assumed that a check has been inserted for the last of the month and if Quarter days has been checked, the Last of the month will be set.
- One line per time unit
- If you select the 1 line per time unit check box, one line is displayed per week or month.
- No stock handling on new line
- If you have filled in the Time to next field on an order line, e.g. in connection with a hire order, a new order line will be added when invoicing. This order line will not be stock handled if you have selected the No stock handling on new line.
Misc.
- Product free of interest
- The order line will be exempt from interest calculation.
- Purchase product
- You can select this option if the product is a purchase product that is not normally held in stock. You can call up the Purchase product field to the order line, showing the same selection. If you want to change the field, the associated Processing method field is also updated.
- Suspended
- Selected automatically when processing incoming product catalogue, if
the product has transactions and is identified by the incoming catalogue as
"deleted".
The parameter is for information only and has no functional use.
Memos and pictures
- Copy memo from product
- The memo from the Product table is copied
to the order lines so that it appears in the order.Note:If you have selected the Copy memo from product or Copy memo from structure check boxes on the Misc. page in the Processing method field in the Product table, only the file reference is copied from the Product table to the Order line table, not the physical file.
If you do not want anyone to make changes in the memo files for products, you must write-protect them.
- Copy memo from structure
- The memo file name entered in the structure lines is copied to the order lines.
- Copy picture from product
- The picture file name from the Product table is copied to the order lines so that it appears in the order.
External
External processing
- Show on Web
- This product will be shown in Zpider.
- Exclude from CRM
- This product will not transferred to Visma CRM.
- Exclude from external system
- Exclude from Visma Mobile
- Exclude from Visma On Demand
Appointment
Agreement rules
- Appointment product
- Calculate full time over midnight
Update balance rules
- Do not update invoiceable
- The Quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
- Do not update incurred
- The Incurred is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
- Do not update reserved
- The Time estimate in quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
- Update overtime
- The Overtime field in the Time schedule balance table
is updated.
Overtime affects the Appointment balance incurred time and Overtime fields of the Time schedule balance table and in turn also the Flextime CB field.
Note:Special for the Appointment table: To select this value, the Wage sort and Wage rate no. must be filled. If either of these fields have a value, the Res. no. must be filled in to retrieve Wage sort and Wage rate no. - Update flex correction
- The Flextime correction field in the Time schedule balance table is updated and in turn also the Flextime CB field.
Approval rules
- Approve disabled
- The Appointment cannot be
approved.Note:Can only be changed by User with the Allow update on appointment processing approve disabled option selected in the User pref. field in the User table. If the Appointment is confirmed, this change does not affect the Time schedule balance and you must update the Time schedule balance manually.
- Requires approval by responsible
- The Official field must be selected for the Appointment. Can be selected if you select the rule to apply in the CRM processing dialog box in the Company information table.
- Ignore credit check
- The Appointment is excluded from credit control.
Transfer to order rules
- Enabled
- Disabled
- Allow uncompleted
- Must approve time schedule
- Copy case number
- This setting depends on which organisational unit number is defined in the Company information table in the Case org. unit field. The value for this organisational unit is copied to order number, so that you avoid entering the same value twice when the order number has the same number as the specified organisational unit. The field is used by Visma Lawyer.
- Cost only
- The price will not be transferred to an order line.
- Get new price from price matrix
- New prices from the Price- and discount matrix table is obtained when transferring to order.
Booking rules
- Block overbooking
- You cannot reserve a resource more than once in the same period.
- Suppress partly booked message
- You do not receive a message when you enter time for a resource which you partly booked.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Proc. method 1 | Integer |
| SQL name | ProcMt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | processingMethod1 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4398 |
Proc. method 2
Settings defining the behaviour of the order line.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product and Structure tables.
On all dialog box pages there is a double set of check boxes. The first column of check boxes is the main column, and this relates to the actual row. The second column is only relevant for structure products. This column describes the behaviour of the structure lines and is only available from the Product table and only when the product is a structure head.
Warehousing
- Exempt from warehousing
- The product is, for example, a service and is not held in any
warehouse must not be included in the warehousing routine. No tracking will be done
for stock balances and stock changes, and there will be no shipments processed.
Note:If an increase order line has some reservations linked to the order line's shipments, it will not be possible to select this field. You must first cancel the decrease orders that have reservations against this order line.
The new row after invoicing and finishing for hire of products will automatically be exempt from warehousing. If you have registered an order with a product which is to be hired out and the product which you have registered is in stock, the stock will be reduced on finishing.
Note:If you try to write or copy a number that contains this check box, and something is reserved against the shipments for this order line, the following message appears in the Status bar: You are not allowed to turn off warehousing when something is reserved against any shipments on the reservation lines of the order line.
Reservation method
- Reserve on save
- The quantity will be reserved when you save.
- Reserve from given shipment
- The reservation on the order will only take place from this
shipment.
When entering an order, you can also reserve the product on the order line from the transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan.
This only works if a shipment number has been entered on the order line regardless of the transaction type. If a full delivery cannot be made, the surplus quantity is assigned to back order.
If this check box is not selected and a shipment number has been entered, the shipment number that is specified will be reserved. If the Shipment no. field is blank, it will be reserved in accordance with FIFO.
- Only reserve if the whole quantity is available in stock
- This option works with the parameter Reserve only if the whole quantity is available.
- Suggest shipment no. 1
- Shipment number 1 is suggested when you enter the product number on
order lines. Tip:If you always want to use shipment number 1 you can select the Only one shipment field in the Company information table.Note:This is a method that we do not recommend for those running warehouse management of the products.
- No reservation on goods received
- Sales order lines are not reserved against purchase and production order lines when goods are received.
- (From the Structure table)
- Reserve available quantity
- Reserve only if the whole quantity is available
- The shipment is not reserved unless the whole quantity is available.
- Meet reservations req. even if not available
- This field is no longer in use. Be aware the field may be removed in later versions.
Picking method
- Pick complete order line
- If you have chosen to pick the entire order line, the order line is only included on printouts of pick lists if there are more of the remaining quantity that you can pick. If you have to pick the whole structure or the same share of the structure lines, this can also block structures from being picked. If you have to pick the whole order in one lot, you can find a corresponding option in the dialog box for customer and order options.
- Do not withdraw picking if finishing less
- No previous reservations or items picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.
- Picking after invoicing
- This option allows reservation handling to be postponed until
invoicing has been done. The products are not picked on finishing and invoicing, and
you can pick after invoicing. If you select this check box, and do not create
reservations before invoicing, the following items are reduced on picking instead of
on finishing/invoicing:
- Stock and reservations in the Stock balance table.
- Shipments.
- Unrealised stock changes in the Stock balance and Stock change tables.
Note:If the products are not picked before finishing or invoicing, only the Finished and Invoiced/realised quantity fields in the order lines are updated, and accounting vouchers are generated. Product transactions are not created, as there is nowhere to save the references. Only when the lines are picked, either by printing a pick list or using the Pick NOW field, are Reservation and Product transaction updated together with the Shipment, Stock balance and Stock change tables.Picking after invoicing will not work if using Reserve on save or creating manual reservations.Note:There are no product transactions for these invoicing actions until after picking.Note:Order lines that are processed in this way have two realisation journal lines:- One on invoicing, which does not have a product transaction to refer to.
- One on picking, which does not have a Voucher jour. no. to refer to.
Note:If you would like to get payments in advance, the recommended method is to use the processing Create prepayment line in Order table.If you have selected the Picking after invoicing field, two lines are created in the Realisation journal table instead of one. One is created on invoicing, and one when the order is picked. The two lines have a different value in the Origin field:- 9 - Order processing
- 38 - Order processing with picking after invoicing
- Finish picked quantity with menu choice
- You select this option if you want to finish what is missing by finishing the entire picked quantity.
- Keep reservations even if picking less
- No previous reservations beyond those already picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.
Exception
- Allow non-existent shipment numbers
- A warning is given when you enter a shipment number that does not exist for a product or stock combination in an order line. If the shipment does not exist, a new shipment will be created with this number. The shipment can also have been deleted because it has been emptied. If you want to retain shipments you must select the Keep shipments check box under the Order processing 2 field in the Company information table.
- Do not process shipments in FIFO order
- Shipments are not investigated in FIFO order unless the reservation requirements can be satisfied.
- Add shipments with negative availability
- Shipments with negative availability will be added if there is still a
balance to reserve, after all shipments of the product have been investigated. This
also applies if it is a direct order, a cash order or a realised order.Note:You can use the Add shipments with negative availability field to return goods in unrealised purchase order lines, even if the goods are reserved in a sales order.When you create a negative shipment, the Serial no., Location, Use by date, Order no. and Cost price fields from the order line are transferred to the shipment. They are then also included in the Reservation table, in product transactions and when posting to accounts.Note:In such instances no new "negative new shipment" is created, but instead the shipment to which the goods were delivered is assigned negative availability.
Serial number
Reservation
- One shipment per unit at stock increase
- You will have one shipment per item for a product. One shipment for each serial number is generated if there is a goods receipt, production credit note or other stock increases.
- One reservation line per unit at stock reduction
- You will have one reservation row per serial number for a product. One
reservation row for each serial number is generated if there is a finished sales
order, further processing, production or other stock reductions.
Select this field if you only want to generate reservations for outgoing deliveries with serial numbers and not for receipts. This will guarantee traceability of serial numbers, because one stock transaction is produced for each reservation.
- Reserve serial no. at picking
- By default there is no reservation when you have registered a product as a serial number. You must select this check box if you want the pick list to generate reservation lines. The order lines are processed by the pick list, which enables you to run the pick list and define which serial numbers were picked upon finishing. The Stock balance table is updated with the quantity reserved without reservation lines being automatically generated. The order line is updated in the Picked and Picked without reservation fields. When this order line is finished, the Stock balance table is not updated with the quantity reserved, as this was done when the pick list was printed.
- Calculate "Finish NOW" when entering serial no.
- The value in the Finish NOW field in the
order line increases when you register the serial number in the Order line, Reservation and Serial no. tables. If you delete the
serial number the value in the Finish NOW field is
reduced.Note:If you want to add the serial number before finishing the stock increase in the Reservation table, you cannot select this check box.
Reject
- Duplicate serial no.
- You select this check box if you want to reject duplications of the same serial number for an order line in the Serial no. and Reservation tables. This also prevents duplicate entry with the bar code reader. If there is a stock increase in the Order line and Reservation tables, a check will be made in the Product transaction table to see whether this serial number has been used before.
- Non-existent serial no.
- A check is done if the registered serial number is in the Shipment table. You receive a message in the status bar from the Order line and Reservation tables if the serial number already exists, while in the Serial no. table you receive a message dialog box on screen.
Structure
Structure head
- Product is structure head
Expand structure on transaction type
- Sales
- Hire
- Loan
- Adjustment/internal issue
- Further processing
- Purchase
- Production
- Stock transfer
Picking of structures
- (From the Structure table)
- Pick individual structure lines
- Pick same fraction of structure lines
- The same proportion of the quantities in all structure lines is picked as is included in the structure. The order line with the lowest share determines how much is picked. If not everything in the structure line is picked, the share is calculated as follows: The quantity picked in each structure line is rounded off to the closest number divisible by the quotient of the total number of structure lines and the total number in the structure head. The Balance to pick field in the structure head shows how many complete structure still have to be picked.
- Pick complete structure
- The structure can only be picked if the quantities can be picked.
- Distribute amounts on structure lines
- The amount in the structure head is distributed among the structure
lines when the structure is expanded.
- Weights: distribution then takes place in accordance with the values in the Structure weight field in the Structure table. The amount in a structure line is set equal to the amount in the structure head multiplied by the weight of the line and divided by the sum of the weights.
- Calculate prices: The prices in the structure lines are calculated at the same time as the amount in the line divided by the quantity in the line. This selection applies to structure heads with transaction type 1, and mean that the check box is selected so that prices are not retrieved for structure lines when the structure is expanded.
- Process substructures: If you choose to expand substructures in the Structure table, the amount in a substructure line is distributed down among sub-product lines. You must check the option to distribute amounts among structure lines in the 2nd column in the dialog box for the structure head or in the Structure table.
- Recalculate: If you change prices, discounts or other fields that change the amount in the current currency in the order line for a structure heading, the amounts and prices in the structure line will be recalculated.
- Finish structure line from structure head
- You can finish a structure from the Main product and it will calculate a relationship for the structure lines. This also assumes that the check for Pick same fraction of structure lines has been used.
- Do not calculate price quantity in structure head
- The amount in the structure head is multiplied by the price quantity of the product in the structure head, and not by the price quantity of orders with transaction type 7 - Production.
Structure lines
Accumulate in structure head
- Revenue
- Revenue in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. If you have orders with transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan, you must have specified the hire price in the Price- and discount matrix table. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding check box for posting revenue in the After processing tab.
- Sales costs
- The costs in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting costs in the After processing tab.
- Production costs
- Costs and amounts in production orders will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting production costs in the After processing tab.
- Fixed quantity (regardless of qty. in structure head)
- The quantity in the structure line is not multiplied by the quantity in the structure head when the structure expands, or if you subsequently change the quantity in the structure head.
- Add lead time from structure head
- The lead time and transport time in the structure head are added when calculating the preferred delivery date and arrival/departure date for purchase and production orders. The lead time and transport time from the structure line are also added.
- Expand substructure
- Display the substructures in the order lines.
- Raw material
Prices
Do not get
- Sales price
- The sales price is not called up to sales order lines.
- Cost price on sale
- The cost price is not called up to sales order lines.
- Cost price on production
- The cost price and the price are not called up to production order lines.
Resuggesting price
- Do not resuggest price/discount
- No lookup is performed in the Price- and discount matrix in the
sales, hire and purchase order lines. This only applies if you have already filled in
the Price field.
Reserving from shipment will override the cost price even if the setting is
on.Note:This selection does not affect the updating of prices when you run the Recalculate prices processing. Nor does it affect price updates made elsewhere in Business NXT. This selection only affects the price update when entering an order.
- Set "Do not resuggest price/discount" when saving
- Do not use "price from quantity format" even if flag is set
Discount calculation
- Do not calculate discount from standard price
- You select this check box if you do not want to calculate a discount from the standard price fields in the current currency and default currency when referring to the Price and discount matrix. Applies to sales, hire and purchase order lines. When you post to the accounts, any change to the price in the order line compared to the price suggested from the Price and discount matrix is not posted as a discount.
- Suggest price after discount and rounding
- The discount is deducted from the price immediately by referring to the Price- and discount matrix in the sales and hire order lines.
- Exempt from total discount
- No total discount is calculated for such order lines.
Quantity and price calculation
- Calculate price from quantity format
- The price rather than the quantity is calculated from the From, To and Factor 3 fields. This depends on which quantity format you have selected. No reference is made to the Price- and discount matrix.
- Amount/Share specifies amount to be invoiced so far
- The amount or share in the order line is treated as invoiced so far after this invoice. This can apply to both on account and fixed prices.
- Share calculated from total incurred costs
- The price is calculated as a share of the value in the Inc. cost total field on the order instead of the default Contract amount field.
Cost price calculation
- Get cost price from price and discount matrix
- The cost price in decrease order lines is retrieved from the Price- and discount matrix instead of the Stock balance table. In the Reservation table the actual cost prices are still retrieved from the shipments. You should not check the box for services or other products that are not to be included in warehousing. In this instance the cost prices from the Price- and discount matrix will be retrieved. If you have selected the Get cost price from price and discount matrix and Do not resuggest price/discount fields, the cost price is retained, even if you select a shipment with another cost price. If you have not selected the Calculate cost from the order line's cost price field, the cost price of the shipment is also used for product transactions and in posting.
- Calculate avg. cost price on the order line
- You select this check box if you want to set the cost price in the order line as a weighted average of the cost prices in the reservation lines. The value is set when you reserve or change cost prices for decrease order lines in the Reservation table. This is based on the reserved quantities and cost prices when the entire quantity on the order line is reserved.
- Calculate cost from the order line's cost price
- The costs are calculated and posted from the order line's cost price.
Note:The Temporary costs field under Trans. status will then not be selected, and the product transactions are not updated with the correct cost price upon receipt of goods, but retain the value from the order line.
The cost price will follow the transaction throughout the chain. The cost price in the order line is used for posting and statistics. This means that this cost price is not updated if the product is delivered on a subsequent occasion with a different cost price. You must therefore make changes in the accounts yourself if prices change.
- Do not update sales order lines for price refunds
- The prices in the sales order lines and refund lines are not updated.
Visma.net settings
- Do not deduct VAT from Expense price on orders
Editing
Quantity format
- (From the Structure table)
- Quantity
- Hours and minutes
- Start and end date exclusive
- Start and end date inclusive
- Factors
Quantity calculation
- Do not suggest incurred as quantity
- You can select this check box if you do not want to duplicate the values in the Incurred quantity field in the Quantity field. If you want to invoice anything you must complete the field yourself.
- Calculate quantity from weight/dimension
- You select this option if you want to calculate the Quantity field in the order lines when you enter the quantity in base unit, dimensions or weight in total for the line. The appropriate 'per unit' factor will automatically be divided.
- Delete rest when filling in "Finish NOW"
- There will be nothing left over, as the Quantity field is set equal to the Finish NOW field when you fill in Finish NOW. Disregard obligatory fields.
- Exchange arrangement
Enter
- Description
- The cursor stops in the Description field. This can be required if the product number acts as a common number for several products, or if there is a text line.
- From and to/factors
- The cursor stops in the From, To and Factor 3 fields and skips Incurred.
Restrictions
Exempt from
- Returning
- Finishing
- Acceptance
- Invoice received
- Goods received
- Sent from supplier
- Purchase confirmation
- Recalculate prices
- Cancelling
- Order generation
- The order line is not generated on automatic order generation. The Exempt from order generating flag is set automatically in the Order line status field when the order line is created.
- Calc. of additional cost
- The product will be exempt from cost price addition and freight costs
from the order head.
If you want to exempt entire orders from processing, you can find appropriate options in the 3rd column of the dialog box for the menu item.
Note:This does not apply for cost calculation.Exempt from cost calculation does not then complete the line with distributed costs from the order head.
Mandatory fields
- Locations on increase
- Disregard mandatory fields
- If you have selected the Mandatory box in the dialog box for the Edit/Entry rules menu item, you see red question marks in the fields in the order lines. If you select this check box the question marks will be hidden.
Processing methods
- Processing methods locked
Printout
Include on pick list
- (From the Structure table)
- The order line
- The structure
- Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.
- The order
- Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.
Suppress
- Product no.
- Product no. will be hidden. For example, it might be appropriate not to display product numbers if they are used as text and group discount codes.
- Quantity
- Quantity will be hidden.
- Price and discount
- Price and Discount will be hidden.
- Amount
- Amount will be hidden.
- Cost price and cost
- Cost price and cost will be hidden.
- Requested delivery date
- Required delivery date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
- Confirmed delivery date
- Confirmed delivery date will be hidden. You might want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
- Other dates
- Original confirmed delivery date, Sent date and Arrival/departure date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
- Memo
- Order line memos will not be displayed on order documents.
Excluded on
- Invoices/credit notes
- The order line is excluded on invoices and credit notes.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals. Invoices and credit notes are entered into the statistics and posted to the accounts.
- Consignment notes
- The order line is excluded on consignment notes.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Packing slips
- The order line is excluded on packing slips.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Pick lists
- The order line is excluded on pick lists.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Delivery notes
- The order line is excluded on delivery notes.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Order confirmations
- The order line is excluded on order confirmations.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Quotations
- The order line is excluded on quotations.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Purchase orders
- The order line is excluded on purchase orders.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Inquiries
- The order line is excluded on inquiries.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Production orders
- The order line is excluded on production orders.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- If 0
- The order line is excluded if the quantity is 0.Tip:This can be relevant in connection with structures in which you enter quantities after expansion and do not want to display lines with no quantities.
Post processing
Do not include totals
- Revenue
- You can select the Revenue check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group
totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of amounts/weights and dimensions in the
structure head and structure lines. This can be when either the price is suggested in
both places, or amounts are accumulated in the structure head. Weights and dimensions
can also seperately be excluded from being calculated from the order line to the order
head.Note:Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
- Sales costs
- You can select the Sales costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group
totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and
structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs
are accumulated in the structure head. Note:Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
- Production costs
- You can select the Production costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group
totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and
structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs
are accumulated in the structure head. Note:Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
- Weight and Volume
- You can select the Weight and Volume check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling weights and dimensions in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when values are suggested in both places, or accumulated in the structure head.
Exclude from accounting
- Revenue
- If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
- Sales costs
- If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
- Sales costs, if exempt from warehousing
- If you have selected this field and select the Exempt from warehousing field under Processing method/Warehouse, the Sales costs field is automatically selected under Processing method/Post processing/Exclude from accounting. If you deselect the Exempt from warehousing field, the Sales costs field is automatically deselected. This also applies to the Exempt from warehousing field in the Order line table.
- Production costs
- If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to
accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from
posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue,
it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for
sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs
are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general
ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in
structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the
structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have
different tax and accounting groups and account sets.Note:Selecting this option will also exclude accounting of transaction types 5 - Further processing, 8 - Stock transfer and 4 - Adjustment/internal issue, including corrections from stock count.
Exclude from statistics
- Revenue
- The price fields and amounts are not filled in for product
transactions. Note:If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
- Sales costs
- The cost price fields for sales are not filled in for product
transactions.Note:If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
- Production costs
- The cost price fields for incurred costs are not filled in for product
transactions. This selection applies to fields showing both current price/amount and
cost price etc.Note:If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
Other accounting rules
- Post temp. stock value
- You post the debit/credit product cost upon finishing, and upon receipt of invoice and invoicing these postings are reversed.
- Accrual accounting to end of year
- You can apply accrual accounting of income and expenses from a sale
from the sales date until 31.12.Note:This calculation does not use accounting periods, but is valid for the calendar year.
Misc.
Group processing
- (From the Structure table)
- None
- Group discount
- You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.
- Group total
- You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.
Time to next invoice
- Weeks instead of months
- If you do not check the Weeks instead of months box, the time unit for the Time to next field is months.
- Always last day of month
- A check here leads to the next order line being set to the last day of the month and will therefore be 30th, 31st pr 28th, depending on how many days there are in the month.
- Use Quarter Days
- Not used in this country, but Quarter days is a term unique to the UK and applies to the letting of property. The days are 25.3, 24.6, 29.9 and 25.12. It is assumed that a check has been inserted for the last of the month and if Quarter days has been checked, the Last of the month will be set.
- One line per time unit
- If you select the 1 line per time unit check box, one line is displayed per week or month.
- No stock handling on new line
- If you have filled in the Time to next field on an order line, e.g. in connection with a hire order, a new order line will be added when invoicing. This order line will not be stock handled if you have selected the No stock handling on new line.
Misc.
- Product free of interest
- The order line will be exempt from interest calculation.
- Purchase product
- You can select this option if the product is a purchase product that is not normally held in stock. You can call up the Purchase product field to the order line, showing the same selection. If you want to change the field, the associated Processing method field is also updated.
- Suspended
- Selected automatically when processing incoming product catalogue, if
the product has transactions and is identified by the incoming catalogue as
"deleted".
The parameter is for information only and has no functional use.
Memos and pictures
- Copy memo from product
- The memo from the Product table is copied
to the order lines so that it appears in the order.Note:If you have selected the Copy memo from product or Copy memo from structure check boxes on the Misc. page in the Processing method field in the Product table, only the file reference is copied from the Product table to the Order line table, not the physical file.
If you do not want anyone to make changes in the memo files for products, you must write-protect them.
- Copy memo from structure
- The memo file name entered in the structure lines is copied to the order lines.
- Copy picture from product
- The picture file name from the Product table is copied to the order lines so that it appears in the order.
External
External processing
- Show on Web
- This product will be shown in Zpider.
- Exclude from CRM
- This product will not transferred to Visma CRM.
- Exclude from external system
- Exclude from Visma Mobile
- Exclude from Visma On Demand
Appointment
Agreement rules
- Appointment product
- Calculate full time over midnight
Update balance rules
- Do not update invoiceable
- The Quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
- Do not update incurred
- The Incurred is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
- Do not update reserved
- The Time estimate in quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
- Update overtime
- The Overtime field in the Time schedule balance table
is updated.
Overtime affects the Appointment balance incurred time and Overtime fields of the Time schedule balance table and in turn also the Flextime CB field.
Note:Special for the Appointment table: To select this value, the Wage sort and Wage rate no. must be filled. If either of these fields have a value, the Res. no. must be filled in to retrieve Wage sort and Wage rate no. - Update flex correction
- The Flextime correction field in the Time schedule balance table is updated and in turn also the Flextime CB field.
Approval rules
- Approve disabled
- The Appointment cannot be
approved.Note:Can only be changed by User with the Allow update on appointment processing approve disabled option selected in the User pref. field in the User table. If the Appointment is confirmed, this change does not affect the Time schedule balance and you must update the Time schedule balance manually.
- Requires approval by responsible
- The Official field must be selected for the Appointment. Can be selected if you select the rule to apply in the CRM processing dialog box in the Company information table.
- Ignore credit check
- The Appointment is excluded from credit control.
Transfer to order rules
- Enabled
- Disabled
- Allow uncompleted
- Must approve time schedule
- Copy case number
- This setting depends on which organisational unit number is defined in the Company information table in the Case org. unit field. The value for this organisational unit is copied to order number, so that you avoid entering the same value twice when the order number has the same number as the specified organisational unit. The field is used by Visma Lawyer.
- Cost only
- The price will not be transferred to an order line.
- Get new price from price matrix
- New prices from the Price- and discount matrix table is obtained when transferring to order.
Booking rules
- Block overbooking
- You cannot reserve a resource more than once in the same period.
- Suppress partly booked message
- You do not receive a message when you enter time for a resource which you partly booked.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Proc. method 2 | Integer |
| SQL name | ExcPrint | The database field name. |
| API identifier | processingMethod2 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3666 |
Proc. method 3
Settings defining the behaviour of the order line.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product and Structure tables.
On all dialog box pages there is a double set of check boxes. The first column of check boxes is the main column, and this relates to the actual row. The second column is only relevant for structure products. This column describes the behaviour of the structure lines and is only available from the Product table and only when the product is a structure head.
Warehousing
- Exempt from warehousing
- The product is, for example, a service and is not held in any
warehouse must not be included in the warehousing routine. No tracking will be done
for stock balances and stock changes, and there will be no shipments processed.
Note:If an increase order line has some reservations linked to the order line's shipments, it will not be possible to select this field. You must first cancel the decrease orders that have reservations against this order line.
The new row after invoicing and finishing for hire of products will automatically be exempt from warehousing. If you have registered an order with a product which is to be hired out and the product which you have registered is in stock, the stock will be reduced on finishing.
Note:If you try to write or copy a number that contains this check box, and something is reserved against the shipments for this order line, the following message appears in the Status bar: You are not allowed to turn off warehousing when something is reserved against any shipments on the reservation lines of the order line.
Reservation method
- Reserve on save
- The quantity will be reserved when you save.
- Reserve from given shipment
- The reservation on the order will only take place from this
shipment.
When entering an order, you can also reserve the product on the order line from the transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan.
This only works if a shipment number has been entered on the order line regardless of the transaction type. If a full delivery cannot be made, the surplus quantity is assigned to back order.
If this check box is not selected and a shipment number has been entered, the shipment number that is specified will be reserved. If the Shipment no. field is blank, it will be reserved in accordance with FIFO.
- Only reserve if the whole quantity is available in stock
- This option works with the parameter Reserve only if the whole quantity is available.
- Suggest shipment no. 1
- Shipment number 1 is suggested when you enter the product number on
order lines. Tip:If you always want to use shipment number 1 you can select the Only one shipment field in the Company information table.Note:This is a method that we do not recommend for those running warehouse management of the products.
- No reservation on goods received
- Sales order lines are not reserved against purchase and production order lines when goods are received.
- (From the Structure table)
- Reserve available quantity
- Reserve only if the whole quantity is available
- The shipment is not reserved unless the whole quantity is available.
- Meet reservations req. even if not available
- This field is no longer in use. Be aware the field may be removed in later versions.
Picking method
- Pick complete order line
- If you have chosen to pick the entire order line, the order line is only included on printouts of pick lists if there are more of the remaining quantity that you can pick. If you have to pick the whole structure or the same share of the structure lines, this can also block structures from being picked. If you have to pick the whole order in one lot, you can find a corresponding option in the dialog box for customer and order options.
- Do not withdraw picking if finishing less
- No previous reservations or items picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.
- Picking after invoicing
- This option allows reservation handling to be postponed until
invoicing has been done. The products are not picked on finishing and invoicing, and
you can pick after invoicing. If you select this check box, and do not create
reservations before invoicing, the following items are reduced on picking instead of
on finishing/invoicing:
- Stock and reservations in the Stock balance table.
- Shipments.
- Unrealised stock changes in the Stock balance and Stock change tables.
Note:If the products are not picked before finishing or invoicing, only the Finished and Invoiced/realised quantity fields in the order lines are updated, and accounting vouchers are generated. Product transactions are not created, as there is nowhere to save the references. Only when the lines are picked, either by printing a pick list or using the Pick NOW field, are Reservation and Product transaction updated together with the Shipment, Stock balance and Stock change tables.Picking after invoicing will not work if using Reserve on save or creating manual reservations.Note:There are no product transactions for these invoicing actions until after picking.Note:Order lines that are processed in this way have two realisation journal lines:- One on invoicing, which does not have a product transaction to refer to.
- One on picking, which does not have a Voucher jour. no. to refer to.
Note:If you would like to get payments in advance, the recommended method is to use the processing Create prepayment line in Order table.If you have selected the Picking after invoicing field, two lines are created in the Realisation journal table instead of one. One is created on invoicing, and one when the order is picked. The two lines have a different value in the Origin field:- 9 - Order processing
- 38 - Order processing with picking after invoicing
- Finish picked quantity with menu choice
- You select this option if you want to finish what is missing by finishing the entire picked quantity.
- Keep reservations even if picking less
- No previous reservations beyond those already picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.
Exception
- Allow non-existent shipment numbers
- A warning is given when you enter a shipment number that does not exist for a product or stock combination in an order line. If the shipment does not exist, a new shipment will be created with this number. The shipment can also have been deleted because it has been emptied. If you want to retain shipments you must select the Keep shipments check box under the Order processing 2 field in the Company information table.
- Do not process shipments in FIFO order
- Shipments are not investigated in FIFO order unless the reservation requirements can be satisfied.
- Add shipments with negative availability
- Shipments with negative availability will be added if there is still a
balance to reserve, after all shipments of the product have been investigated. This
also applies if it is a direct order, a cash order or a realised order.Note:You can use the Add shipments with negative availability field to return goods in unrealised purchase order lines, even if the goods are reserved in a sales order.When you create a negative shipment, the Serial no., Location, Use by date, Order no. and Cost price fields from the order line are transferred to the shipment. They are then also included in the Reservation table, in product transactions and when posting to accounts.Note:In such instances no new "negative new shipment" is created, but instead the shipment to which the goods were delivered is assigned negative availability.
Serial number
Reservation
- One shipment per unit at stock increase
- You will have one shipment per item for a product. One shipment for each serial number is generated if there is a goods receipt, production credit note or other stock increases.
- One reservation line per unit at stock reduction
- You will have one reservation row per serial number for a product. One
reservation row for each serial number is generated if there is a finished sales
order, further processing, production or other stock reductions.
Select this field if you only want to generate reservations for outgoing deliveries with serial numbers and not for receipts. This will guarantee traceability of serial numbers, because one stock transaction is produced for each reservation.
- Reserve serial no. at picking
- By default there is no reservation when you have registered a product as a serial number. You must select this check box if you want the pick list to generate reservation lines. The order lines are processed by the pick list, which enables you to run the pick list and define which serial numbers were picked upon finishing. The Stock balance table is updated with the quantity reserved without reservation lines being automatically generated. The order line is updated in the Picked and Picked without reservation fields. When this order line is finished, the Stock balance table is not updated with the quantity reserved, as this was done when the pick list was printed.
- Calculate "Finish NOW" when entering serial no.
- The value in the Finish NOW field in the
order line increases when you register the serial number in the Order line, Reservation and Serial no. tables. If you delete the
serial number the value in the Finish NOW field is
reduced.Note:If you want to add the serial number before finishing the stock increase in the Reservation table, you cannot select this check box.
Reject
- Duplicate serial no.
- You select this check box if you want to reject duplications of the same serial number for an order line in the Serial no. and Reservation tables. This also prevents duplicate entry with the bar code reader. If there is a stock increase in the Order line and Reservation tables, a check will be made in the Product transaction table to see whether this serial number has been used before.
- Non-existent serial no.
- A check is done if the registered serial number is in the Shipment table. You receive a message in the status bar from the Order line and Reservation tables if the serial number already exists, while in the Serial no. table you receive a message dialog box on screen.
Structure
Structure head
- Product is structure head
Expand structure on transaction type
- Sales
- Hire
- Loan
- Adjustment/internal issue
- Further processing
- Purchase
- Production
- Stock transfer
Picking of structures
- (From the Structure table)
- Pick individual structure lines
- Pick same fraction of structure lines
- The same proportion of the quantities in all structure lines is picked as is included in the structure. The order line with the lowest share determines how much is picked. If not everything in the structure line is picked, the share is calculated as follows: The quantity picked in each structure line is rounded off to the closest number divisible by the quotient of the total number of structure lines and the total number in the structure head. The Balance to pick field in the structure head shows how many complete structure still have to be picked.
- Pick complete structure
- The structure can only be picked if the quantities can be picked.
- Distribute amounts on structure lines
- The amount in the structure head is distributed among the structure
lines when the structure is expanded.
- Weights: distribution then takes place in accordance with the values in the Structure weight field in the Structure table. The amount in a structure line is set equal to the amount in the structure head multiplied by the weight of the line and divided by the sum of the weights.
- Calculate prices: The prices in the structure lines are calculated at the same time as the amount in the line divided by the quantity in the line. This selection applies to structure heads with transaction type 1, and mean that the check box is selected so that prices are not retrieved for structure lines when the structure is expanded.
- Process substructures: If you choose to expand substructures in the Structure table, the amount in a substructure line is distributed down among sub-product lines. You must check the option to distribute amounts among structure lines in the 2nd column in the dialog box for the structure head or in the Structure table.
- Recalculate: If you change prices, discounts or other fields that change the amount in the current currency in the order line for a structure heading, the amounts and prices in the structure line will be recalculated.
- Finish structure line from structure head
- You can finish a structure from the Main product and it will calculate a relationship for the structure lines. This also assumes that the check for Pick same fraction of structure lines has been used.
- Do not calculate price quantity in structure head
- The amount in the structure head is multiplied by the price quantity of the product in the structure head, and not by the price quantity of orders with transaction type 7 - Production.
Structure lines
Accumulate in structure head
- Revenue
- Revenue in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. If you have orders with transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan, you must have specified the hire price in the Price- and discount matrix table. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding check box for posting revenue in the After processing tab.
- Sales costs
- The costs in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting costs in the After processing tab.
- Production costs
- Costs and amounts in production orders will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting production costs in the After processing tab.
- Fixed quantity (regardless of qty. in structure head)
- The quantity in the structure line is not multiplied by the quantity in the structure head when the structure expands, or if you subsequently change the quantity in the structure head.
- Add lead time from structure head
- The lead time and transport time in the structure head are added when calculating the preferred delivery date and arrival/departure date for purchase and production orders. The lead time and transport time from the structure line are also added.
- Expand substructure
- Display the substructures in the order lines.
- Raw material
Prices
Do not get
- Sales price
- The sales price is not called up to sales order lines.
- Cost price on sale
- The cost price is not called up to sales order lines.
- Cost price on production
- The cost price and the price are not called up to production order lines.
Resuggesting price
- Do not resuggest price/discount
- No lookup is performed in the Price- and discount matrix in the
sales, hire and purchase order lines. This only applies if you have already filled in
the Price field.
Reserving from shipment will override the cost price even if the setting is
on.Note:This selection does not affect the updating of prices when you run the Recalculate prices processing. Nor does it affect price updates made elsewhere in Business NXT. This selection only affects the price update when entering an order.
- Set "Do not resuggest price/discount" when saving
- Do not use "price from quantity format" even if flag is set
Discount calculation
- Do not calculate discount from standard price
- You select this check box if you do not want to calculate a discount from the standard price fields in the current currency and default currency when referring to the Price and discount matrix. Applies to sales, hire and purchase order lines. When you post to the accounts, any change to the price in the order line compared to the price suggested from the Price and discount matrix is not posted as a discount.
- Suggest price after discount and rounding
- The discount is deducted from the price immediately by referring to the Price- and discount matrix in the sales and hire order lines.
- Exempt from total discount
- No total discount is calculated for such order lines.
Quantity and price calculation
- Calculate price from quantity format
- The price rather than the quantity is calculated from the From, To and Factor 3 fields. This depends on which quantity format you have selected. No reference is made to the Price- and discount matrix.
- Amount/Share specifies amount to be invoiced so far
- The amount or share in the order line is treated as invoiced so far after this invoice. This can apply to both on account and fixed prices.
- Share calculated from total incurred costs
- The price is calculated as a share of the value in the Inc. cost total field on the order instead of the default Contract amount field.
Cost price calculation
- Get cost price from price and discount matrix
- The cost price in decrease order lines is retrieved from the Price- and discount matrix instead of the Stock balance table. In the Reservation table the actual cost prices are still retrieved from the shipments. You should not check the box for services or other products that are not to be included in warehousing. In this instance the cost prices from the Price- and discount matrix will be retrieved. If you have selected the Get cost price from price and discount matrix and Do not resuggest price/discount fields, the cost price is retained, even if you select a shipment with another cost price. If you have not selected the Calculate cost from the order line's cost price field, the cost price of the shipment is also used for product transactions and in posting.
- Calculate avg. cost price on the order line
- You select this check box if you want to set the cost price in the order line as a weighted average of the cost prices in the reservation lines. The value is set when you reserve or change cost prices for decrease order lines in the Reservation table. This is based on the reserved quantities and cost prices when the entire quantity on the order line is reserved.
- Calculate cost from the order line's cost price
- The costs are calculated and posted from the order line's cost price.
Note:The Temporary costs field under Trans. status will then not be selected, and the product transactions are not updated with the correct cost price upon receipt of goods, but retain the value from the order line.
The cost price will follow the transaction throughout the chain. The cost price in the order line is used for posting and statistics. This means that this cost price is not updated if the product is delivered on a subsequent occasion with a different cost price. You must therefore make changes in the accounts yourself if prices change.
- Do not update sales order lines for price refunds
- The prices in the sales order lines and refund lines are not updated.
Visma.net settings
- Do not deduct VAT from Expense price on orders
Editing
Quantity format
- (From the Structure table)
- Quantity
- Hours and minutes
- Start and end date exclusive
- Start and end date inclusive
- Factors
Quantity calculation
- Do not suggest incurred as quantity
- You can select this check box if you do not want to duplicate the values in the Incurred quantity field in the Quantity field. If you want to invoice anything you must complete the field yourself.
- Calculate quantity from weight/dimension
- You select this option if you want to calculate the Quantity field in the order lines when you enter the quantity in base unit, dimensions or weight in total for the line. The appropriate 'per unit' factor will automatically be divided.
- Delete rest when filling in "Finish NOW"
- There will be nothing left over, as the Quantity field is set equal to the Finish NOW field when you fill in Finish NOW. Disregard obligatory fields.
- Exchange arrangement
Enter
- Description
- The cursor stops in the Description field. This can be required if the product number acts as a common number for several products, or if there is a text line.
- From and to/factors
- The cursor stops in the From, To and Factor 3 fields and skips Incurred.
Restrictions
Exempt from
- Returning
- Finishing
- Acceptance
- Invoice received
- Goods received
- Sent from supplier
- Purchase confirmation
- Recalculate prices
- Cancelling
- Order generation
- The order line is not generated on automatic order generation. The Exempt from order generating flag is set automatically in the Order line status field when the order line is created.
- Calc. of additional cost
- The product will be exempt from cost price addition and freight costs
from the order head.
If you want to exempt entire orders from processing, you can find appropriate options in the 3rd column of the dialog box for the menu item.
Note:This does not apply for cost calculation.Exempt from cost calculation does not then complete the line with distributed costs from the order head.
Mandatory fields
- Locations on increase
- Disregard mandatory fields
- If you have selected the Mandatory box in the dialog box for the Edit/Entry rules menu item, you see red question marks in the fields in the order lines. If you select this check box the question marks will be hidden.
Processing methods
- Processing methods locked
Printout
Include on pick list
- (From the Structure table)
- The order line
- The structure
- Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.
- The order
- Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.
Suppress
- Product no.
- Product no. will be hidden. For example, it might be appropriate not to display product numbers if they are used as text and group discount codes.
- Quantity
- Quantity will be hidden.
- Price and discount
- Price and Discount will be hidden.
- Amount
- Amount will be hidden.
- Cost price and cost
- Cost price and cost will be hidden.
- Requested delivery date
- Required delivery date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
- Confirmed delivery date
- Confirmed delivery date will be hidden. You might want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
- Other dates
- Original confirmed delivery date, Sent date and Arrival/departure date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
- Memo
- Order line memos will not be displayed on order documents.
Excluded on
- Invoices/credit notes
- The order line is excluded on invoices and credit notes.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals. Invoices and credit notes are entered into the statistics and posted to the accounts.
- Consignment notes
- The order line is excluded on consignment notes.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Packing slips
- The order line is excluded on packing slips.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Pick lists
- The order line is excluded on pick lists.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Delivery notes
- The order line is excluded on delivery notes.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Order confirmations
- The order line is excluded on order confirmations.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Quotations
- The order line is excluded on quotations.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Purchase orders
- The order line is excluded on purchase orders.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Inquiries
- The order line is excluded on inquiries.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Production orders
- The order line is excluded on production orders.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- If 0
- The order line is excluded if the quantity is 0.Tip:This can be relevant in connection with structures in which you enter quantities after expansion and do not want to display lines with no quantities.
Post processing
Do not include totals
- Revenue
- You can select the Revenue check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group
totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of amounts/weights and dimensions in the
structure head and structure lines. This can be when either the price is suggested in
both places, or amounts are accumulated in the structure head. Weights and dimensions
can also seperately be excluded from being calculated from the order line to the order
head.Note:Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
- Sales costs
- You can select the Sales costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group
totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and
structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs
are accumulated in the structure head. Note:Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
- Production costs
- You can select the Production costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group
totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and
structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs
are accumulated in the structure head. Note:Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
- Weight and Volume
- You can select the Weight and Volume check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling weights and dimensions in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when values are suggested in both places, or accumulated in the structure head.
Exclude from accounting
- Revenue
- If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
- Sales costs
- If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
- Sales costs, if exempt from warehousing
- If you have selected this field and select the Exempt from warehousing field under Processing method/Warehouse, the Sales costs field is automatically selected under Processing method/Post processing/Exclude from accounting. If you deselect the Exempt from warehousing field, the Sales costs field is automatically deselected. This also applies to the Exempt from warehousing field in the Order line table.
- Production costs
- If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to
accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from
posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue,
it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for
sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs
are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general
ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in
structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the
structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have
different tax and accounting groups and account sets.Note:Selecting this option will also exclude accounting of transaction types 5 - Further processing, 8 - Stock transfer and 4 - Adjustment/internal issue, including corrections from stock count.
Exclude from statistics
- Revenue
- The price fields and amounts are not filled in for product
transactions. Note:If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
- Sales costs
- The cost price fields for sales are not filled in for product
transactions.Note:If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
- Production costs
- The cost price fields for incurred costs are not filled in for product
transactions. This selection applies to fields showing both current price/amount and
cost price etc.Note:If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
Other accounting rules
- Post temp. stock value
- You post the debit/credit product cost upon finishing, and upon receipt of invoice and invoicing these postings are reversed.
- Accrual accounting to end of year
- You can apply accrual accounting of income and expenses from a sale
from the sales date until 31.12.Note:This calculation does not use accounting periods, but is valid for the calendar year.
Misc.
Group processing
- (From the Structure table)
- None
- Group discount
- You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.
- Group total
- You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.
Time to next invoice
- Weeks instead of months
- If you do not check the Weeks instead of months box, the time unit for the Time to next field is months.
- Always last day of month
- A check here leads to the next order line being set to the last day of the month and will therefore be 30th, 31st pr 28th, depending on how many days there are in the month.
- Use Quarter Days
- Not used in this country, but Quarter days is a term unique to the UK and applies to the letting of property. The days are 25.3, 24.6, 29.9 and 25.12. It is assumed that a check has been inserted for the last of the month and if Quarter days has been checked, the Last of the month will be set.
- One line per time unit
- If you select the 1 line per time unit check box, one line is displayed per week or month.
- No stock handling on new line
- If you have filled in the Time to next field on an order line, e.g. in connection with a hire order, a new order line will be added when invoicing. This order line will not be stock handled if you have selected the No stock handling on new line.
Misc.
- Product free of interest
- The order line will be exempt from interest calculation.
- Purchase product
- You can select this option if the product is a purchase product that is not normally held in stock. You can call up the Purchase product field to the order line, showing the same selection. If you want to change the field, the associated Processing method field is also updated.
- Suspended
- Selected automatically when processing incoming product catalogue, if
the product has transactions and is identified by the incoming catalogue as
"deleted".
The parameter is for information only and has no functional use.
Memos and pictures
- Copy memo from product
- The memo from the Product table is copied
to the order lines so that it appears in the order.Note:If you have selected the Copy memo from product or Copy memo from structure check boxes on the Misc. page in the Processing method field in the Product table, only the file reference is copied from the Product table to the Order line table, not the physical file.
If you do not want anyone to make changes in the memo files for products, you must write-protect them.
- Copy memo from structure
- The memo file name entered in the structure lines is copied to the order lines.
- Copy picture from product
- The picture file name from the Product table is copied to the order lines so that it appears in the order.
External
External processing
- Show on Web
- This product will be shown in Zpider.
- Exclude from CRM
- This product will not transferred to Visma CRM.
- Exclude from external system
- Exclude from Visma Mobile
- Exclude from Visma On Demand
Appointment
Agreement rules
- Appointment product
- Calculate full time over midnight
Update balance rules
- Do not update invoiceable
- The Quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
- Do not update incurred
- The Incurred is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
- Do not update reserved
- The Time estimate in quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
- Update overtime
- The Overtime field in the Time schedule balance table
is updated.
Overtime affects the Appointment balance incurred time and Overtime fields of the Time schedule balance table and in turn also the Flextime CB field.
Note:Special for the Appointment table: To select this value, the Wage sort and Wage rate no. must be filled. If either of these fields have a value, the Res. no. must be filled in to retrieve Wage sort and Wage rate no. - Update flex correction
- The Flextime correction field in the Time schedule balance table is updated and in turn also the Flextime CB field.
Approval rules
- Approve disabled
- The Appointment cannot be
approved.Note:Can only be changed by User with the Allow update on appointment processing approve disabled option selected in the User pref. field in the User table. If the Appointment is confirmed, this change does not affect the Time schedule balance and you must update the Time schedule balance manually.
- Requires approval by responsible
- The Official field must be selected for the Appointment. Can be selected if you select the rule to apply in the CRM processing dialog box in the Company information table.
- Ignore credit check
- The Appointment is excluded from credit control.
Transfer to order rules
- Enabled
- Disabled
- Allow uncompleted
- Must approve time schedule
- Copy case number
- This setting depends on which organisational unit number is defined in the Company information table in the Case org. unit field. The value for this organisational unit is copied to order number, so that you avoid entering the same value twice when the order number has the same number as the specified organisational unit. The field is used by Visma Lawyer.
- Cost only
- The price will not be transferred to an order line.
- Get new price from price matrix
- New prices from the Price- and discount matrix table is obtained when transferring to order.
Booking rules
- Block overbooking
- You cannot reserve a resource more than once in the same period.
- Suppress partly booked message
- You do not receive a message when you enter time for a resource which you partly booked.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Proc. method 3 | Integer |
| SQL name | EditPref | The database field name. |
| API identifier | processingMethod3 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3027 |
Proc. method 4
Settings defining the behaviour of the order line.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product and Structure tables.
On all dialog box pages there is a double set of check boxes. The first column of check boxes is the main column, and this relates to the actual row. The second column is only relevant for structure products. This column describes the behaviour of the structure lines and is only available from the Product table and only when the product is a structure head.
Warehousing
- Exempt from warehousing
- The product is, for example, a service and is not held in any
warehouse must not be included in the warehousing routine. No tracking will be done
for stock balances and stock changes, and there will be no shipments processed.
Note:If an increase order line has some reservations linked to the order line's shipments, it will not be possible to select this field. You must first cancel the decrease orders that have reservations against this order line.
The new row after invoicing and finishing for hire of products will automatically be exempt from warehousing. If you have registered an order with a product which is to be hired out and the product which you have registered is in stock, the stock will be reduced on finishing.
Note:If you try to write or copy a number that contains this check box, and something is reserved against the shipments for this order line, the following message appears in the Status bar: You are not allowed to turn off warehousing when something is reserved against any shipments on the reservation lines of the order line.
Reservation method
- Reserve on save
- The quantity will be reserved when you save.
- Reserve from given shipment
- The reservation on the order will only take place from this
shipment.
When entering an order, you can also reserve the product on the order line from the transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan.
This only works if a shipment number has been entered on the order line regardless of the transaction type. If a full delivery cannot be made, the surplus quantity is assigned to back order.
If this check box is not selected and a shipment number has been entered, the shipment number that is specified will be reserved. If the Shipment no. field is blank, it will be reserved in accordance with FIFO.
- Only reserve if the whole quantity is available in stock
- This option works with the parameter Reserve only if the whole quantity is available.
- Suggest shipment no. 1
- Shipment number 1 is suggested when you enter the product number on
order lines. Tip:If you always want to use shipment number 1 you can select the Only one shipment field in the Company information table.Note:This is a method that we do not recommend for those running warehouse management of the products.
- No reservation on goods received
- Sales order lines are not reserved against purchase and production order lines when goods are received.
- (From the Structure table)
- Reserve available quantity
- Reserve only if the whole quantity is available
- The shipment is not reserved unless the whole quantity is available.
- Meet reservations req. even if not available
- This field is no longer in use. Be aware the field may be removed in later versions.
Picking method
- Pick complete order line
- If you have chosen to pick the entire order line, the order line is only included on printouts of pick lists if there are more of the remaining quantity that you can pick. If you have to pick the whole structure or the same share of the structure lines, this can also block structures from being picked. If you have to pick the whole order in one lot, you can find a corresponding option in the dialog box for customer and order options.
- Do not withdraw picking if finishing less
- No previous reservations or items picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.
- Picking after invoicing
- This option allows reservation handling to be postponed until
invoicing has been done. The products are not picked on finishing and invoicing, and
you can pick after invoicing. If you select this check box, and do not create
reservations before invoicing, the following items are reduced on picking instead of
on finishing/invoicing:
- Stock and reservations in the Stock balance table.
- Shipments.
- Unrealised stock changes in the Stock balance and Stock change tables.
Note:If the products are not picked before finishing or invoicing, only the Finished and Invoiced/realised quantity fields in the order lines are updated, and accounting vouchers are generated. Product transactions are not created, as there is nowhere to save the references. Only when the lines are picked, either by printing a pick list or using the Pick NOW field, are Reservation and Product transaction updated together with the Shipment, Stock balance and Stock change tables.Picking after invoicing will not work if using Reserve on save or creating manual reservations.Note:There are no product transactions for these invoicing actions until after picking.Note:Order lines that are processed in this way have two realisation journal lines:- One on invoicing, which does not have a product transaction to refer to.
- One on picking, which does not have a Voucher jour. no. to refer to.
Note:If you would like to get payments in advance, the recommended method is to use the processing Create prepayment line in Order table.If you have selected the Picking after invoicing field, two lines are created in the Realisation journal table instead of one. One is created on invoicing, and one when the order is picked. The two lines have a different value in the Origin field:- 9 - Order processing
- 38 - Order processing with picking after invoicing
- Finish picked quantity with menu choice
- You select this option if you want to finish what is missing by finishing the entire picked quantity.
- Keep reservations even if picking less
- No previous reservations beyond those already picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.
Exception
- Allow non-existent shipment numbers
- A warning is given when you enter a shipment number that does not exist for a product or stock combination in an order line. If the shipment does not exist, a new shipment will be created with this number. The shipment can also have been deleted because it has been emptied. If you want to retain shipments you must select the Keep shipments check box under the Order processing 2 field in the Company information table.
- Do not process shipments in FIFO order
- Shipments are not investigated in FIFO order unless the reservation requirements can be satisfied.
- Add shipments with negative availability
- Shipments with negative availability will be added if there is still a
balance to reserve, after all shipments of the product have been investigated. This
also applies if it is a direct order, a cash order or a realised order.Note:You can use the Add shipments with negative availability field to return goods in unrealised purchase order lines, even if the goods are reserved in a sales order.When you create a negative shipment, the Serial no., Location, Use by date, Order no. and Cost price fields from the order line are transferred to the shipment. They are then also included in the Reservation table, in product transactions and when posting to accounts.Note:In such instances no new "negative new shipment" is created, but instead the shipment to which the goods were delivered is assigned negative availability.
Serial number
Reservation
- One shipment per unit at stock increase
- You will have one shipment per item for a product. One shipment for each serial number is generated if there is a goods receipt, production credit note or other stock increases.
- One reservation line per unit at stock reduction
- You will have one reservation row per serial number for a product. One
reservation row for each serial number is generated if there is a finished sales
order, further processing, production or other stock reductions.
Select this field if you only want to generate reservations for outgoing deliveries with serial numbers and not for receipts. This will guarantee traceability of serial numbers, because one stock transaction is produced for each reservation.
- Reserve serial no. at picking
- By default there is no reservation when you have registered a product as a serial number. You must select this check box if you want the pick list to generate reservation lines. The order lines are processed by the pick list, which enables you to run the pick list and define which serial numbers were picked upon finishing. The Stock balance table is updated with the quantity reserved without reservation lines being automatically generated. The order line is updated in the Picked and Picked without reservation fields. When this order line is finished, the Stock balance table is not updated with the quantity reserved, as this was done when the pick list was printed.
- Calculate "Finish NOW" when entering serial no.
- The value in the Finish NOW field in the
order line increases when you register the serial number in the Order line, Reservation and Serial no. tables. If you delete the
serial number the value in the Finish NOW field is
reduced.Note:If you want to add the serial number before finishing the stock increase in the Reservation table, you cannot select this check box.
Reject
- Duplicate serial no.
- You select this check box if you want to reject duplications of the same serial number for an order line in the Serial no. and Reservation tables. This also prevents duplicate entry with the bar code reader. If there is a stock increase in the Order line and Reservation tables, a check will be made in the Product transaction table to see whether this serial number has been used before.
- Non-existent serial no.
- A check is done if the registered serial number is in the Shipment table. You receive a message in the status bar from the Order line and Reservation tables if the serial number already exists, while in the Serial no. table you receive a message dialog box on screen.
Structure
Structure head
- Product is structure head
Expand structure on transaction type
- Sales
- Hire
- Loan
- Adjustment/internal issue
- Further processing
- Purchase
- Production
- Stock transfer
Picking of structures
- (From the Structure table)
- Pick individual structure lines
- Pick same fraction of structure lines
- The same proportion of the quantities in all structure lines is picked as is included in the structure. The order line with the lowest share determines how much is picked. If not everything in the structure line is picked, the share is calculated as follows: The quantity picked in each structure line is rounded off to the closest number divisible by the quotient of the total number of structure lines and the total number in the structure head. The Balance to pick field in the structure head shows how many complete structure still have to be picked.
- Pick complete structure
- The structure can only be picked if the quantities can be picked.
- Distribute amounts on structure lines
- The amount in the structure head is distributed among the structure
lines when the structure is expanded.
- Weights: distribution then takes place in accordance with the values in the Structure weight field in the Structure table. The amount in a structure line is set equal to the amount in the structure head multiplied by the weight of the line and divided by the sum of the weights.
- Calculate prices: The prices in the structure lines are calculated at the same time as the amount in the line divided by the quantity in the line. This selection applies to structure heads with transaction type 1, and mean that the check box is selected so that prices are not retrieved for structure lines when the structure is expanded.
- Process substructures: If you choose to expand substructures in the Structure table, the amount in a substructure line is distributed down among sub-product lines. You must check the option to distribute amounts among structure lines in the 2nd column in the dialog box for the structure head or in the Structure table.
- Recalculate: If you change prices, discounts or other fields that change the amount in the current currency in the order line for a structure heading, the amounts and prices in the structure line will be recalculated.
- Finish structure line from structure head
- You can finish a structure from the Main product and it will calculate a relationship for the structure lines. This also assumes that the check for Pick same fraction of structure lines has been used.
- Do not calculate price quantity in structure head
- The amount in the structure head is multiplied by the price quantity of the product in the structure head, and not by the price quantity of orders with transaction type 7 - Production.
Structure lines
Accumulate in structure head
- Revenue
- Revenue in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. If you have orders with transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan, you must have specified the hire price in the Price- and discount matrix table. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding check box for posting revenue in the After processing tab.
- Sales costs
- The costs in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting costs in the After processing tab.
- Production costs
- Costs and amounts in production orders will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting production costs in the After processing tab.
- Fixed quantity (regardless of qty. in structure head)
- The quantity in the structure line is not multiplied by the quantity in the structure head when the structure expands, or if you subsequently change the quantity in the structure head.
- Add lead time from structure head
- The lead time and transport time in the structure head are added when calculating the preferred delivery date and arrival/departure date for purchase and production orders. The lead time and transport time from the structure line are also added.
- Expand substructure
- Display the substructures in the order lines.
- Raw material
Prices
Do not get
- Sales price
- The sales price is not called up to sales order lines.
- Cost price on sale
- The cost price is not called up to sales order lines.
- Cost price on production
- The cost price and the price are not called up to production order lines.
Resuggesting price
- Do not resuggest price/discount
- No lookup is performed in the Price- and discount matrix in the
sales, hire and purchase order lines. This only applies if you have already filled in
the Price field.
Reserving from shipment will override the cost price even if the setting is
on.Note:This selection does not affect the updating of prices when you run the Recalculate prices processing. Nor does it affect price updates made elsewhere in Business NXT. This selection only affects the price update when entering an order.
- Set "Do not resuggest price/discount" when saving
- Do not use "price from quantity format" even if flag is set
Discount calculation
- Do not calculate discount from standard price
- You select this check box if you do not want to calculate a discount from the standard price fields in the current currency and default currency when referring to the Price and discount matrix. Applies to sales, hire and purchase order lines. When you post to the accounts, any change to the price in the order line compared to the price suggested from the Price and discount matrix is not posted as a discount.
- Suggest price after discount and rounding
- The discount is deducted from the price immediately by referring to the Price- and discount matrix in the sales and hire order lines.
- Exempt from total discount
- No total discount is calculated for such order lines.
Quantity and price calculation
- Calculate price from quantity format
- The price rather than the quantity is calculated from the From, To and Factor 3 fields. This depends on which quantity format you have selected. No reference is made to the Price- and discount matrix.
- Amount/Share specifies amount to be invoiced so far
- The amount or share in the order line is treated as invoiced so far after this invoice. This can apply to both on account and fixed prices.
- Share calculated from total incurred costs
- The price is calculated as a share of the value in the Inc. cost total field on the order instead of the default Contract amount field.
Cost price calculation
- Get cost price from price and discount matrix
- The cost price in decrease order lines is retrieved from the Price- and discount matrix instead of the Stock balance table. In the Reservation table the actual cost prices are still retrieved from the shipments. You should not check the box for services or other products that are not to be included in warehousing. In this instance the cost prices from the Price- and discount matrix will be retrieved. If you have selected the Get cost price from price and discount matrix and Do not resuggest price/discount fields, the cost price is retained, even if you select a shipment with another cost price. If you have not selected the Calculate cost from the order line's cost price field, the cost price of the shipment is also used for product transactions and in posting.
- Calculate avg. cost price on the order line
- You select this check box if you want to set the cost price in the order line as a weighted average of the cost prices in the reservation lines. The value is set when you reserve or change cost prices for decrease order lines in the Reservation table. This is based on the reserved quantities and cost prices when the entire quantity on the order line is reserved.
- Calculate cost from the order line's cost price
- The costs are calculated and posted from the order line's cost price.
Note:The Temporary costs field under Trans. status will then not be selected, and the product transactions are not updated with the correct cost price upon receipt of goods, but retain the value from the order line.
The cost price will follow the transaction throughout the chain. The cost price in the order line is used for posting and statistics. This means that this cost price is not updated if the product is delivered on a subsequent occasion with a different cost price. You must therefore make changes in the accounts yourself if prices change.
- Do not update sales order lines for price refunds
- The prices in the sales order lines and refund lines are not updated.
Visma.net settings
- Do not deduct VAT from Expense price on orders
Editing
Quantity format
- (From the Structure table)
- Quantity
- Hours and minutes
- Start and end date exclusive
- Start and end date inclusive
- Factors
Quantity calculation
- Do not suggest incurred as quantity
- You can select this check box if you do not want to duplicate the values in the Incurred quantity field in the Quantity field. If you want to invoice anything you must complete the field yourself.
- Calculate quantity from weight/dimension
- You select this option if you want to calculate the Quantity field in the order lines when you enter the quantity in base unit, dimensions or weight in total for the line. The appropriate 'per unit' factor will automatically be divided.
- Delete rest when filling in "Finish NOW"
- There will be nothing left over, as the Quantity field is set equal to the Finish NOW field when you fill in Finish NOW. Disregard obligatory fields.
- Exchange arrangement
Enter
- Description
- The cursor stops in the Description field. This can be required if the product number acts as a common number for several products, or if there is a text line.
- From and to/factors
- The cursor stops in the From, To and Factor 3 fields and skips Incurred.
Restrictions
Exempt from
- Returning
- Finishing
- Acceptance
- Invoice received
- Goods received
- Sent from supplier
- Purchase confirmation
- Recalculate prices
- Cancelling
- Order generation
- The order line is not generated on automatic order generation. The Exempt from order generating flag is set automatically in the Order line status field when the order line is created.
- Calc. of additional cost
- The product will be exempt from cost price addition and freight costs
from the order head.
If you want to exempt entire orders from processing, you can find appropriate options in the 3rd column of the dialog box for the menu item.
Note:This does not apply for cost calculation.Exempt from cost calculation does not then complete the line with distributed costs from the order head.
Mandatory fields
- Locations on increase
- Disregard mandatory fields
- If you have selected the Mandatory box in the dialog box for the Edit/Entry rules menu item, you see red question marks in the fields in the order lines. If you select this check box the question marks will be hidden.
Processing methods
- Processing methods locked
Printout
Include on pick list
- (From the Structure table)
- The order line
- The structure
- Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.
- The order
- Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.
Suppress
- Product no.
- Product no. will be hidden. For example, it might be appropriate not to display product numbers if they are used as text and group discount codes.
- Quantity
- Quantity will be hidden.
- Price and discount
- Price and Discount will be hidden.
- Amount
- Amount will be hidden.
- Cost price and cost
- Cost price and cost will be hidden.
- Requested delivery date
- Required delivery date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
- Confirmed delivery date
- Confirmed delivery date will be hidden. You might want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
- Other dates
- Original confirmed delivery date, Sent date and Arrival/departure date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
- Memo
- Order line memos will not be displayed on order documents.
Excluded on
- Invoices/credit notes
- The order line is excluded on invoices and credit notes.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals. Invoices and credit notes are entered into the statistics and posted to the accounts.
- Consignment notes
- The order line is excluded on consignment notes.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Packing slips
- The order line is excluded on packing slips.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Pick lists
- The order line is excluded on pick lists.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Delivery notes
- The order line is excluded on delivery notes.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Order confirmations
- The order line is excluded on order confirmations.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Quotations
- The order line is excluded on quotations.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Purchase orders
- The order line is excluded on purchase orders.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Inquiries
- The order line is excluded on inquiries.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Production orders
- The order line is excluded on production orders.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- If 0
- The order line is excluded if the quantity is 0.Tip:This can be relevant in connection with structures in which you enter quantities after expansion and do not want to display lines with no quantities.
Post processing
Do not include totals
- Revenue
- You can select the Revenue check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group
totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of amounts/weights and dimensions in the
structure head and structure lines. This can be when either the price is suggested in
both places, or amounts are accumulated in the structure head. Weights and dimensions
can also seperately be excluded from being calculated from the order line to the order
head.Note:Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
- Sales costs
- You can select the Sales costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group
totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and
structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs
are accumulated in the structure head. Note:Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
- Production costs
- You can select the Production costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group
totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and
structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs
are accumulated in the structure head. Note:Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
- Weight and Volume
- You can select the Weight and Volume check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling weights and dimensions in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when values are suggested in both places, or accumulated in the structure head.
Exclude from accounting
- Revenue
- If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
- Sales costs
- If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
- Sales costs, if exempt from warehousing
- If you have selected this field and select the Exempt from warehousing field under Processing method/Warehouse, the Sales costs field is automatically selected under Processing method/Post processing/Exclude from accounting. If you deselect the Exempt from warehousing field, the Sales costs field is automatically deselected. This also applies to the Exempt from warehousing field in the Order line table.
- Production costs
- If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to
accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from
posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue,
it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for
sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs
are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general
ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in
structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the
structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have
different tax and accounting groups and account sets.Note:Selecting this option will also exclude accounting of transaction types 5 - Further processing, 8 - Stock transfer and 4 - Adjustment/internal issue, including corrections from stock count.
Exclude from statistics
- Revenue
- The price fields and amounts are not filled in for product
transactions. Note:If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
- Sales costs
- The cost price fields for sales are not filled in for product
transactions.Note:If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
- Production costs
- The cost price fields for incurred costs are not filled in for product
transactions. This selection applies to fields showing both current price/amount and
cost price etc.Note:If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
Other accounting rules
- Post temp. stock value
- You post the debit/credit product cost upon finishing, and upon receipt of invoice and invoicing these postings are reversed.
- Accrual accounting to end of year
- You can apply accrual accounting of income and expenses from a sale
from the sales date until 31.12.Note:This calculation does not use accounting periods, but is valid for the calendar year.
Misc.
Group processing
- (From the Structure table)
- None
- Group discount
- You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.
- Group total
- You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.
Time to next invoice
- Weeks instead of months
- If you do not check the Weeks instead of months box, the time unit for the Time to next field is months.
- Always last day of month
- A check here leads to the next order line being set to the last day of the month and will therefore be 30th, 31st pr 28th, depending on how many days there are in the month.
- Use Quarter Days
- Not used in this country, but Quarter days is a term unique to the UK and applies to the letting of property. The days are 25.3, 24.6, 29.9 and 25.12. It is assumed that a check has been inserted for the last of the month and if Quarter days has been checked, the Last of the month will be set.
- One line per time unit
- If you select the 1 line per time unit check box, one line is displayed per week or month.
- No stock handling on new line
- If you have filled in the Time to next field on an order line, e.g. in connection with a hire order, a new order line will be added when invoicing. This order line will not be stock handled if you have selected the No stock handling on new line.
Misc.
- Product free of interest
- The order line will be exempt from interest calculation.
- Purchase product
- You can select this option if the product is a purchase product that is not normally held in stock. You can call up the Purchase product field to the order line, showing the same selection. If you want to change the field, the associated Processing method field is also updated.
- Suspended
- Selected automatically when processing incoming product catalogue, if
the product has transactions and is identified by the incoming catalogue as
"deleted".
The parameter is for information only and has no functional use.
Memos and pictures
- Copy memo from product
- The memo from the Product table is copied
to the order lines so that it appears in the order.Note:If you have selected the Copy memo from product or Copy memo from structure check boxes on the Misc. page in the Processing method field in the Product table, only the file reference is copied from the Product table to the Order line table, not the physical file.
If you do not want anyone to make changes in the memo files for products, you must write-protect them.
- Copy memo from structure
- The memo file name entered in the structure lines is copied to the order lines.
- Copy picture from product
- The picture file name from the Product table is copied to the order lines so that it appears in the order.
External
External processing
- Show on Web
- This product will be shown in Zpider.
- Exclude from CRM
- This product will not transferred to Visma CRM.
- Exclude from external system
- Exclude from Visma Mobile
- Exclude from Visma On Demand
Appointment
Agreement rules
- Appointment product
- Calculate full time over midnight
Update balance rules
- Do not update invoiceable
- The Quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
- Do not update incurred
- The Incurred is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
- Do not update reserved
- The Time estimate in quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
- Update overtime
- The Overtime field in the Time schedule balance table
is updated.
Overtime affects the Appointment balance incurred time and Overtime fields of the Time schedule balance table and in turn also the Flextime CB field.
Note:Special for the Appointment table: To select this value, the Wage sort and Wage rate no. must be filled. If either of these fields have a value, the Res. no. must be filled in to retrieve Wage sort and Wage rate no. - Update flex correction
- The Flextime correction field in the Time schedule balance table is updated and in turn also the Flextime CB field.
Approval rules
- Approve disabled
- The Appointment cannot be
approved.Note:Can only be changed by User with the Allow update on appointment processing approve disabled option selected in the User pref. field in the User table. If the Appointment is confirmed, this change does not affect the Time schedule balance and you must update the Time schedule balance manually.
- Requires approval by responsible
- The Official field must be selected for the Appointment. Can be selected if you select the rule to apply in the CRM processing dialog box in the Company information table.
- Ignore credit check
- The Appointment is excluded from credit control.
Transfer to order rules
- Enabled
- Disabled
- Allow uncompleted
- Must approve time schedule
- Copy case number
- This setting depends on which organisational unit number is defined in the Company information table in the Case org. unit field. The value for this organisational unit is copied to order number, so that you avoid entering the same value twice when the order number has the same number as the specified organisational unit. The field is used by Visma Lawyer.
- Cost only
- The price will not be transferred to an order line.
- Get new price from price matrix
- New prices from the Price- and discount matrix table is obtained when transferring to order.
Booking rules
- Block overbooking
- You cannot reserve a resource more than once in the same period.
- Suppress partly booked message
- You do not receive a message when you enter time for a resource which you partly booked.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Proc. method 4 | Integer |
| SQL name | EdFmt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | processingMethod4 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3758 |
Proc. method 5
Settings defining the behaviour of the order line.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product and Structure tables.
On all dialog box pages there is a double set of check boxes. The first column of check boxes is the main column, and this relates to the actual row. The second column is only relevant for structure products. This column describes the behaviour of the structure lines and is only available from the Product table and only when the product is a structure head.
Warehousing
- Exempt from warehousing
- The product is, for example, a service and is not held in any
warehouse must not be included in the warehousing routine. No tracking will be done
for stock balances and stock changes, and there will be no shipments processed.
Note:If an increase order line has some reservations linked to the order line's shipments, it will not be possible to select this field. You must first cancel the decrease orders that have reservations against this order line.
The new row after invoicing and finishing for hire of products will automatically be exempt from warehousing. If you have registered an order with a product which is to be hired out and the product which you have registered is in stock, the stock will be reduced on finishing.
Note:If you try to write or copy a number that contains this check box, and something is reserved against the shipments for this order line, the following message appears in the Status bar: You are not allowed to turn off warehousing when something is reserved against any shipments on the reservation lines of the order line.
Reservation method
- Reserve on save
- The quantity will be reserved when you save.
- Reserve from given shipment
- The reservation on the order will only take place from this
shipment.
When entering an order, you can also reserve the product on the order line from the transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan.
This only works if a shipment number has been entered on the order line regardless of the transaction type. If a full delivery cannot be made, the surplus quantity is assigned to back order.
If this check box is not selected and a shipment number has been entered, the shipment number that is specified will be reserved. If the Shipment no. field is blank, it will be reserved in accordance with FIFO.
- Only reserve if the whole quantity is available in stock
- This option works with the parameter Reserve only if the whole quantity is available.
- Suggest shipment no. 1
- Shipment number 1 is suggested when you enter the product number on
order lines. Tip:If you always want to use shipment number 1 you can select the Only one shipment field in the Company information table.Note:This is a method that we do not recommend for those running warehouse management of the products.
- No reservation on goods received
- Sales order lines are not reserved against purchase and production order lines when goods are received.
- (From the Structure table)
- Reserve available quantity
- Reserve only if the whole quantity is available
- The shipment is not reserved unless the whole quantity is available.
- Meet reservations req. even if not available
- This field is no longer in use. Be aware the field may be removed in later versions.
Picking method
- Pick complete order line
- If you have chosen to pick the entire order line, the order line is only included on printouts of pick lists if there are more of the remaining quantity that you can pick. If you have to pick the whole structure or the same share of the structure lines, this can also block structures from being picked. If you have to pick the whole order in one lot, you can find a corresponding option in the dialog box for customer and order options.
- Do not withdraw picking if finishing less
- No previous reservations or items picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.
- Picking after invoicing
- This option allows reservation handling to be postponed until
invoicing has been done. The products are not picked on finishing and invoicing, and
you can pick after invoicing. If you select this check box, and do not create
reservations before invoicing, the following items are reduced on picking instead of
on finishing/invoicing:
- Stock and reservations in the Stock balance table.
- Shipments.
- Unrealised stock changes in the Stock balance and Stock change tables.
Note:If the products are not picked before finishing or invoicing, only the Finished and Invoiced/realised quantity fields in the order lines are updated, and accounting vouchers are generated. Product transactions are not created, as there is nowhere to save the references. Only when the lines are picked, either by printing a pick list or using the Pick NOW field, are Reservation and Product transaction updated together with the Shipment, Stock balance and Stock change tables.Picking after invoicing will not work if using Reserve on save or creating manual reservations.Note:There are no product transactions for these invoicing actions until after picking.Note:Order lines that are processed in this way have two realisation journal lines:- One on invoicing, which does not have a product transaction to refer to.
- One on picking, which does not have a Voucher jour. no. to refer to.
Note:If you would like to get payments in advance, the recommended method is to use the processing Create prepayment line in Order table.If you have selected the Picking after invoicing field, two lines are created in the Realisation journal table instead of one. One is created on invoicing, and one when the order is picked. The two lines have a different value in the Origin field:- 9 - Order processing
- 38 - Order processing with picking after invoicing
- Finish picked quantity with menu choice
- You select this option if you want to finish what is missing by finishing the entire picked quantity.
- Keep reservations even if picking less
- No previous reservations beyond those already picked will be withdrawn when you finish them in an order line or reservation line.
Exception
- Allow non-existent shipment numbers
- A warning is given when you enter a shipment number that does not exist for a product or stock combination in an order line. If the shipment does not exist, a new shipment will be created with this number. The shipment can also have been deleted because it has been emptied. If you want to retain shipments you must select the Keep shipments check box under the Order processing 2 field in the Company information table.
- Do not process shipments in FIFO order
- Shipments are not investigated in FIFO order unless the reservation requirements can be satisfied.
- Add shipments with negative availability
- Shipments with negative availability will be added if there is still a
balance to reserve, after all shipments of the product have been investigated. This
also applies if it is a direct order, a cash order or a realised order.Note:You can use the Add shipments with negative availability field to return goods in unrealised purchase order lines, even if the goods are reserved in a sales order.When you create a negative shipment, the Serial no., Location, Use by date, Order no. and Cost price fields from the order line are transferred to the shipment. They are then also included in the Reservation table, in product transactions and when posting to accounts.Note:In such instances no new "negative new shipment" is created, but instead the shipment to which the goods were delivered is assigned negative availability.
Serial number
Reservation
- One shipment per unit at stock increase
- You will have one shipment per item for a product. One shipment for each serial number is generated if there is a goods receipt, production credit note or other stock increases.
- One reservation line per unit at stock reduction
- You will have one reservation row per serial number for a product. One
reservation row for each serial number is generated if there is a finished sales
order, further processing, production or other stock reductions.
Select this field if you only want to generate reservations for outgoing deliveries with serial numbers and not for receipts. This will guarantee traceability of serial numbers, because one stock transaction is produced for each reservation.
- Reserve serial no. at picking
- By default there is no reservation when you have registered a product as a serial number. You must select this check box if you want the pick list to generate reservation lines. The order lines are processed by the pick list, which enables you to run the pick list and define which serial numbers were picked upon finishing. The Stock balance table is updated with the quantity reserved without reservation lines being automatically generated. The order line is updated in the Picked and Picked without reservation fields. When this order line is finished, the Stock balance table is not updated with the quantity reserved, as this was done when the pick list was printed.
- Calculate "Finish NOW" when entering serial no.
- The value in the Finish NOW field in the
order line increases when you register the serial number in the Order line, Reservation and Serial no. tables. If you delete the
serial number the value in the Finish NOW field is
reduced.Note:If you want to add the serial number before finishing the stock increase in the Reservation table, you cannot select this check box.
Reject
- Duplicate serial no.
- You select this check box if you want to reject duplications of the same serial number for an order line in the Serial no. and Reservation tables. This also prevents duplicate entry with the bar code reader. If there is a stock increase in the Order line and Reservation tables, a check will be made in the Product transaction table to see whether this serial number has been used before.
- Non-existent serial no.
- A check is done if the registered serial number is in the Shipment table. You receive a message in the status bar from the Order line and Reservation tables if the serial number already exists, while in the Serial no. table you receive a message dialog box on screen.
Structure
Structure head
- Product is structure head
Expand structure on transaction type
- Sales
- Hire
- Loan
- Adjustment/internal issue
- Further processing
- Purchase
- Production
- Stock transfer
Picking of structures
- (From the Structure table)
- Pick individual structure lines
- Pick same fraction of structure lines
- The same proportion of the quantities in all structure lines is picked as is included in the structure. The order line with the lowest share determines how much is picked. If not everything in the structure line is picked, the share is calculated as follows: The quantity picked in each structure line is rounded off to the closest number divisible by the quotient of the total number of structure lines and the total number in the structure head. The Balance to pick field in the structure head shows how many complete structure still have to be picked.
- Pick complete structure
- The structure can only be picked if the quantities can be picked.
- Distribute amounts on structure lines
- The amount in the structure head is distributed among the structure
lines when the structure is expanded.
- Weights: distribution then takes place in accordance with the values in the Structure weight field in the Structure table. The amount in a structure line is set equal to the amount in the structure head multiplied by the weight of the line and divided by the sum of the weights.
- Calculate prices: The prices in the structure lines are calculated at the same time as the amount in the line divided by the quantity in the line. This selection applies to structure heads with transaction type 1, and mean that the check box is selected so that prices are not retrieved for structure lines when the structure is expanded.
- Process substructures: If you choose to expand substructures in the Structure table, the amount in a substructure line is distributed down among sub-product lines. You must check the option to distribute amounts among structure lines in the 2nd column in the dialog box for the structure head or in the Structure table.
- Recalculate: If you change prices, discounts or other fields that change the amount in the current currency in the order line for a structure heading, the amounts and prices in the structure line will be recalculated.
- Finish structure line from structure head
- You can finish a structure from the Main product and it will calculate a relationship for the structure lines. This also assumes that the check for Pick same fraction of structure lines has been used.
- Do not calculate price quantity in structure head
- The amount in the structure head is multiplied by the price quantity of the product in the structure head, and not by the price quantity of orders with transaction type 7 - Production.
Structure lines
Accumulate in structure head
- Revenue
- Revenue in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. If you have orders with transaction types 2 - Hire and 3 - Loan, you must have specified the hire price in the Price- and discount matrix table. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding check box for posting revenue in the After processing tab.
- Sales costs
- The costs in sales order lines will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting costs in the After processing tab.
- Production costs
- Costs and amounts in production orders will be accumulated in the structure head. Accumulation takes place when you save and in order documents. To avoid duplicate posting, you must select the corresponding box for posting production costs in the After processing tab.
- Fixed quantity (regardless of qty. in structure head)
- The quantity in the structure line is not multiplied by the quantity in the structure head when the structure expands, or if you subsequently change the quantity in the structure head.
- Add lead time from structure head
- The lead time and transport time in the structure head are added when calculating the preferred delivery date and arrival/departure date for purchase and production orders. The lead time and transport time from the structure line are also added.
- Expand substructure
- Display the substructures in the order lines.
- Raw material
Prices
Do not get
- Sales price
- The sales price is not called up to sales order lines.
- Cost price on sale
- The cost price is not called up to sales order lines.
- Cost price on production
- The cost price and the price are not called up to production order lines.
Resuggesting price
- Do not resuggest price/discount
- No lookup is performed in the Price- and discount matrix in the
sales, hire and purchase order lines. This only applies if you have already filled in
the Price field.
Reserving from shipment will override the cost price even if the setting is
on.Note:This selection does not affect the updating of prices when you run the Recalculate prices processing. Nor does it affect price updates made elsewhere in Business NXT. This selection only affects the price update when entering an order.
- Set "Do not resuggest price/discount" when saving
- Do not use "price from quantity format" even if flag is set
Discount calculation
- Do not calculate discount from standard price
- You select this check box if you do not want to calculate a discount from the standard price fields in the current currency and default currency when referring to the Price and discount matrix. Applies to sales, hire and purchase order lines. When you post to the accounts, any change to the price in the order line compared to the price suggested from the Price and discount matrix is not posted as a discount.
- Suggest price after discount and rounding
- The discount is deducted from the price immediately by referring to the Price- and discount matrix in the sales and hire order lines.
- Exempt from total discount
- No total discount is calculated for such order lines.
Quantity and price calculation
- Calculate price from quantity format
- The price rather than the quantity is calculated from the From, To and Factor 3 fields. This depends on which quantity format you have selected. No reference is made to the Price- and discount matrix.
- Amount/Share specifies amount to be invoiced so far
- The amount or share in the order line is treated as invoiced so far after this invoice. This can apply to both on account and fixed prices.
- Share calculated from total incurred costs
- The price is calculated as a share of the value in the Inc. cost total field on the order instead of the default Contract amount field.
Cost price calculation
- Get cost price from price and discount matrix
- The cost price in decrease order lines is retrieved from the Price- and discount matrix instead of the Stock balance table. In the Reservation table the actual cost prices are still retrieved from the shipments. You should not check the box for services or other products that are not to be included in warehousing. In this instance the cost prices from the Price- and discount matrix will be retrieved. If you have selected the Get cost price from price and discount matrix and Do not resuggest price/discount fields, the cost price is retained, even if you select a shipment with another cost price. If you have not selected the Calculate cost from the order line's cost price field, the cost price of the shipment is also used for product transactions and in posting.
- Calculate avg. cost price on the order line
- You select this check box if you want to set the cost price in the order line as a weighted average of the cost prices in the reservation lines. The value is set when you reserve or change cost prices for decrease order lines in the Reservation table. This is based on the reserved quantities and cost prices when the entire quantity on the order line is reserved.
- Calculate cost from the order line's cost price
- The costs are calculated and posted from the order line's cost price.
Note:The Temporary costs field under Trans. status will then not be selected, and the product transactions are not updated with the correct cost price upon receipt of goods, but retain the value from the order line.
The cost price will follow the transaction throughout the chain. The cost price in the order line is used for posting and statistics. This means that this cost price is not updated if the product is delivered on a subsequent occasion with a different cost price. You must therefore make changes in the accounts yourself if prices change.
- Do not update sales order lines for price refunds
- The prices in the sales order lines and refund lines are not updated.
Visma.net settings
- Do not deduct VAT from Expense price on orders
Editing
Quantity format
- (From the Structure table)
- Quantity
- Hours and minutes
- Start and end date exclusive
- Start and end date inclusive
- Factors
Quantity calculation
- Do not suggest incurred as quantity
- You can select this check box if you do not want to duplicate the values in the Incurred quantity field in the Quantity field. If you want to invoice anything you must complete the field yourself.
- Calculate quantity from weight/dimension
- You select this option if you want to calculate the Quantity field in the order lines when you enter the quantity in base unit, dimensions or weight in total for the line. The appropriate 'per unit' factor will automatically be divided.
- Delete rest when filling in "Finish NOW"
- There will be nothing left over, as the Quantity field is set equal to the Finish NOW field when you fill in Finish NOW. Disregard obligatory fields.
- Exchange arrangement
Enter
- Description
- The cursor stops in the Description field. This can be required if the product number acts as a common number for several products, or if there is a text line.
- From and to/factors
- The cursor stops in the From, To and Factor 3 fields and skips Incurred.
Restrictions
Exempt from
- Returning
- Finishing
- Acceptance
- Invoice received
- Goods received
- Sent from supplier
- Purchase confirmation
- Recalculate prices
- Cancelling
- Order generation
- The order line is not generated on automatic order generation. The Exempt from order generating flag is set automatically in the Order line status field when the order line is created.
- Calc. of additional cost
- The product will be exempt from cost price addition and freight costs
from the order head.
If you want to exempt entire orders from processing, you can find appropriate options in the 3rd column of the dialog box for the menu item.
Note:This does not apply for cost calculation.Exempt from cost calculation does not then complete the line with distributed costs from the order head.
Mandatory fields
- Locations on increase
- Disregard mandatory fields
- If you have selected the Mandatory box in the dialog box for the Edit/Entry rules menu item, you see red question marks in the fields in the order lines. If you select this check box the question marks will be hidden.
Processing methods
- Processing methods locked
Printout
Include on pick list
- (From the Structure table)
- The order line
- The structure
- Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.
- The order
- Order lines are only included in pick lists if you pick something in them. Or you can choose to include them if something is picked in any of the lines. It can be a structure in which they are included, or when something is picked in the order. You can define the Structure option for both structure heads and structure lines. The option of whether the order line is printed in the pick list if something has been picked from the structure also applies if the structure head has been picked.
Suppress
- Product no.
- Product no. will be hidden. For example, it might be appropriate not to display product numbers if they are used as text and group discount codes.
- Quantity
- Quantity will be hidden.
- Price and discount
- Price and Discount will be hidden.
- Amount
- Amount will be hidden.
- Cost price and cost
- Cost price and cost will be hidden.
- Requested delivery date
- Required delivery date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
- Confirmed delivery date
- Confirmed delivery date will be hidden. You might want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
- Other dates
- Original confirmed delivery date, Sent date and Arrival/departure date will be hidden. You might also want to exempt delivery dates from printing on structure lines if you are going to delivery the structure collectively.
- Memo
- Order line memos will not be displayed on order documents.
Excluded on
- Invoices/credit notes
- The order line is excluded on invoices and credit notes.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals. Invoices and credit notes are entered into the statistics and posted to the accounts.
- Consignment notes
- The order line is excluded on consignment notes.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Packing slips
- The order line is excluded on packing slips.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Pick lists
- The order line is excluded on pick lists.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Delivery notes
- The order line is excluded on delivery notes.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Order confirmations
- The order line is excluded on order confirmations.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Quotations
- The order line is excluded on quotations.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Purchase orders
- The order line is excluded on purchase orders.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Inquiries
- The order line is excluded on inquiries.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- Production orders
- The order line is excluded on production orders.
Even if order lines are exempted from printing, they are still included in the totals.
- If 0
- The order line is excluded if the quantity is 0.Tip:This can be relevant in connection with structures in which you enter quantities after expansion and do not want to display lines with no quantities.
Post processing
Do not include totals
- Revenue
- You can select the Revenue check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group
totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of amounts/weights and dimensions in the
structure head and structure lines. This can be when either the price is suggested in
both places, or amounts are accumulated in the structure head. Weights and dimensions
can also seperately be excluded from being calculated from the order line to the order
head.Note:Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
- Sales costs
- You can select the Sales costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group
totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and
structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs
are accumulated in the structure head. Note:Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
- Production costs
- You can select the Production costs check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group
totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling of costs in the structure head and
structure lines. This can be when the cost price is suggested in both places, or costs
are accumulated in the structure head. Note:Selecting this check box also omits the row from being posted.
- Weight and Volume
- You can select the Weight and Volume check box if you do not want an order line to be included in order totals and group totals. You then avoid duplicate totalling weights and dimensions in the structure head and structure lines. This can be when values are suggested in both places, or accumulated in the structure head.
Exclude from accounting
- Revenue
- If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
- Sales costs
- If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue, it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have different tax and accounting groups and account sets.
- Sales costs, if exempt from warehousing
- If you have selected this field and select the Exempt from warehousing field under Processing method/Warehouse, the Sales costs field is automatically selected under Processing method/Post processing/Exclude from accounting. If you deselect the Exempt from warehousing field, the Sales costs field is automatically deselected. This also applies to the Exempt from warehousing field in the Order line table.
- Production costs
- If you select the Revenue check box the totals are not posted to
accounts. When you choose to exempt totals, the corresponding check box to exempt from
posting is greyed out. If the order line is not to be included when you post revenue,
it is not included in the d/c ledger amount and in general ledger transactions for
sales, discounts, additions, special taxes, invoice fees, VAT and rounding. If costs
are not to be included when you post to accounts, no voucher is produced with general
ledger transactions for product cost, freight and customs. Even if amounts in
structure lines are accumulated in the structure head, you can choose to post the
structure lines instead of the structure head. This is useful because they can have
different tax and accounting groups and account sets.Note:Selecting this option will also exclude accounting of transaction types 5 - Further processing, 8 - Stock transfer and 4 - Adjustment/internal issue, including corrections from stock count.
Exclude from statistics
- Revenue
- The price fields and amounts are not filled in for product
transactions. Note:If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
- Sales costs
- The cost price fields for sales are not filled in for product
transactions.Note:If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
- Production costs
- The cost price fields for incurred costs are not filled in for product
transactions. This selection applies to fields showing both current price/amount and
cost price etc.Note:If you have chosen not to include both revenue and costs in statistics, no product transactions are produced. This might be relevant, for example, when limiting space and time for products that you no longer need to follow up for statistical purposes.
Other accounting rules
- Post temp. stock value
- You post the debit/credit product cost upon finishing, and upon receipt of invoice and invoicing these postings are reversed.
- Accrual accounting to end of year
- You can apply accrual accounting of income and expenses from a sale
from the sales date until 31.12.Note:This calculation does not use accounting periods, but is valid for the calendar year.
Misc.
Group processing
- (From the Structure table)
- None
- Group discount
- You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.
- Group total
- You can insert lines into orders to calculate group discounts or group totals. You enter the product number into a row in the Product table, where you have selected Group discount or Group total in the Processing dialog box. You can also insert default text in the Description field. You enter the size of the discount or addition in the Discount fields in the order line. You show additions with a minus sign. You can also complete the Discount fields yourself if you select Group total, which causes the discount to be deducted from the total that you see in the line.
Time to next invoice
- Weeks instead of months
- If you do not check the Weeks instead of months box, the time unit for the Time to next field is months.
- Always last day of month
- A check here leads to the next order line being set to the last day of the month and will therefore be 30th, 31st pr 28th, depending on how many days there are in the month.
- Use Quarter Days
- Not used in this country, but Quarter days is a term unique to the UK and applies to the letting of property. The days are 25.3, 24.6, 29.9 and 25.12. It is assumed that a check has been inserted for the last of the month and if Quarter days has been checked, the Last of the month will be set.
- One line per time unit
- If you select the 1 line per time unit check box, one line is displayed per week or month.
- No stock handling on new line
- If you have filled in the Time to next field on an order line, e.g. in connection with a hire order, a new order line will be added when invoicing. This order line will not be stock handled if you have selected the No stock handling on new line.
Misc.
- Product free of interest
- The order line will be exempt from interest calculation.
- Purchase product
- You can select this option if the product is a purchase product that is not normally held in stock. You can call up the Purchase product field to the order line, showing the same selection. If you want to change the field, the associated Processing method field is also updated.
- Suspended
- Selected automatically when processing incoming product catalogue, if
the product has transactions and is identified by the incoming catalogue as
"deleted".
The parameter is for information only and has no functional use.
Memos and pictures
- Copy memo from product
- The memo from the Product table is copied
to the order lines so that it appears in the order.Note:If you have selected the Copy memo from product or Copy memo from structure check boxes on the Misc. page in the Processing method field in the Product table, only the file reference is copied from the Product table to the Order line table, not the physical file.
If you do not want anyone to make changes in the memo files for products, you must write-protect them.
- Copy memo from structure
- The memo file name entered in the structure lines is copied to the order lines.
- Copy picture from product
- The picture file name from the Product table is copied to the order lines so that it appears in the order.
External
External processing
- Show on Web
- This product will be shown in Zpider.
- Exclude from CRM
- This product will not transferred to Visma CRM.
- Exclude from external system
- Exclude from Visma Mobile
- Exclude from Visma On Demand
Appointment
Agreement rules
- Appointment product
- Calculate full time over midnight
Update balance rules
- Do not update invoiceable
- The Quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
- Do not update incurred
- The Incurred is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
- Do not update reserved
- The Time estimate in quantity is not updated in the Time schedule balance table.
- Update overtime
- The Overtime field in the Time schedule balance table
is updated.
Overtime affects the Appointment balance incurred time and Overtime fields of the Time schedule balance table and in turn also the Flextime CB field.
Note:Special for the Appointment table: To select this value, the Wage sort and Wage rate no. must be filled. If either of these fields have a value, the Res. no. must be filled in to retrieve Wage sort and Wage rate no. - Update flex correction
- The Flextime correction field in the Time schedule balance table is updated and in turn also the Flextime CB field.
Approval rules
- Approve disabled
- The Appointment cannot be
approved.Note:Can only be changed by User with the Allow update on appointment processing approve disabled option selected in the User pref. field in the User table. If the Appointment is confirmed, this change does not affect the Time schedule balance and you must update the Time schedule balance manually.
- Requires approval by responsible
- The Official field must be selected for the Appointment. Can be selected if you select the rule to apply in the CRM processing dialog box in the Company information table.
- Ignore credit check
- The Appointment is excluded from credit control.
Transfer to order rules
- Enabled
- Disabled
- Allow uncompleted
- Must approve time schedule
- Copy case number
- This setting depends on which organisational unit number is defined in the Company information table in the Case org. unit field. The value for this organisational unit is copied to order number, so that you avoid entering the same value twice when the order number has the same number as the specified organisational unit. The field is used by Visma Lawyer.
- Cost only
- The price will not be transferred to an order line.
- Get new price from price matrix
- New prices from the Price- and discount matrix table is obtained when transferring to order.
Booking rules
- Block overbooking
- You cannot reserve a resource more than once in the same period.
- Suppress partly booked message
- You do not receive a message when you enter time for a resource which you partly booked.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Proc. method 5 | Integer |
| SQL name | SpecFunc | The database field name. |
| API identifier | processingMethod5 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2960 |
Prod. order
How much of the total quantity has been printed and approved in production orders.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | NoProd | The database field name. |
| API identifier | productionOrder | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6828 |
Product no.
The product for the line.
When you type in a product number in the order lines, the associated description is suggested in the Description field. You can change the description if you wish.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | Yes | This field is visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Product no. | Text (40) |
| SQL name | ProdNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | productNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2959 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Product | Product |
| ||
| Search product | SearchProduct |
| ||
| Product customer | ProductCustomer |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Shipment | Shipment |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Delivery alternative | DeliveryAlternative |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Shipment | OtherShipment |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Stock balance | FromStockBalance |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Stock balance | ToStockBalance |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Stock change | FromStockChangeNotOnPurchase |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Stock change | FromStockChangeOnPurchase |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Stock change | ToStockChange |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. |
Product price gr. 1
A group to which the product belongs. The value is used for looking up in the price and discount matrix.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Product price group 1 | Integer |
| SQL name | ProdPrGr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | productPriceGroup1 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3756 |
Product price gr. 2
A group to which the product belongs. The value is used for looking up in the price and discount matrix.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Product price group 2 | Integer |
| SQL name | ProdPrG2 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | productPriceGroup2 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5713 |
Product price gr. 3
A group to which the product belongs. The value is used for looking up in the price and discount matrix.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Product price group 3 | Integer |
| SQL name | ProdPrG3 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | productPriceGroup3 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5714 |
Product type 1
A group to which the product belongs.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product or Structure table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Product type 1 | Integer |
| SQL name | ProdTp | The database field name. |
| API identifier | productType1 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3000 |
Product type 2
A group to which the product belongs.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product or Structure table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Product type 2 | Integer |
| SQL name | ProdTp2 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | productType2 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5027 |
Product type 3
A group to which the product belongs.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product or Structure table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Product type 3 | Integer |
| SQL name | ProdTp3 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | productType3 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6105 |
Product type 4
A group to which the product belongs.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product or Structure table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Product type 4 | Integer |
| SQL name | ProdTp4 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | productType4 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6106 |
Production time
The time it takes to produce the product. This value is used in calculation of delivery dates.
For production order lines, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Delivery alternative table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Days | Integer |
| SQL name | ProdTm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | productionTime | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 11596 |
Proposed amount
Amount based on the supplier invoice document.
This field is used for order match functionality. Proposed amount / Proposed price, it will be displayed as green until the Quantity has been fixed. Then these values will be displayed as red or green according to their deviation tolerance status.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | IIAm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | incomingInvoiceProposedAmountInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 17814 |
Proposed disc. %
Discount % based on the supplier invoice document.
This field is used for order match functionality.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | IIDcP | The database field name. |
| API identifier | incomingInvoiceProposedDiscountPercent | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 17812 |
Proposed disc. amount
Discount amount based on the supplier invoice document.
This field is used for order match functionality.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | IIDcAm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | incomingInvoiceProposedDiscountAmountInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 17813 |
Proposed price
Price based on the supplier invoice document.
This field is used for order match functionality. Proposed amount / Proposed price, it will be displayed as green until the Quantity has been fixed. Then these values will be displayed as red or green according to their deviation tolerance status.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price | Decimal |
| SQL name | IIPrice | The database field name. |
| API identifier | incomingInvoiceProposedPriceInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 17811 |
Proposed quantity
Quantity based on the supplier invoice document.
This field is used for order match functionality. Proposed quantity is displayed as red when it is less than finished - invoice realized quantity. Otherwise it is green.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | IINoInvoAb | The database field name. |
| API identifier | incomingInvoiceProposedQuantity | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 17810 |
Proposed VAT amount
VAT amount based on the supplier invoice document.
This field is used for order match functionality.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| SQL name | IIVatAm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | incomingInvoiceProposedVatAmountInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 17815 |
Purchase product
The product is a purchase product that is not normally held in stock.
Shows the same value as the Purchase product check box on the Misc. page in the Processing method dialog box.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Boolean | Integer |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | purchaseProduct | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6374 |
Purchased
How much of the total quantity has been printed and approved of the purchase.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | NoPurc | The database field name. |
| API identifier | purchased | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3008 |
Quantity
The number of units for the product/service.
The field is reduced upon finishing in such a way that the outstanding quantity is displayed in the order line. On printouts the Quantity field is used to display the quantity which the printout covers. If you need to display the outstanding quantity at the same time you can call up the Outstanding field. If you want to withdraw a reservation for a product in an order, you must have zero in the Quantity field in the order line.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | Yes | This field is visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | NoInvoAb | The database field name. |
| API identifier | quantity | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2968 |
Quantity in basis unit
The product of the relevant per unit factor and the quantity fields in the order line.
The Quantity in basis unit field is used as the basis when updating tables which concern the warehouse.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | NoUn | The database field name. |
| API identifier | quantityInBasisUnit | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5938 |
Quantity per unit
The quantity of the unit used to specify the stock for the product.
Suggested from the Product table, if it is not overridden by the field in the Unit or Barcode table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | StUnRt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | quantityPerUnit | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2964 |
Quoted
How much of the total quantity has been printed and approved for quotation orders.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | NoOf | The database field name. |
| API identifier | quoted | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3763 |
Realised year/week
The Realised year/week field uses the invoice date, transaction date or the finished date as the basis for showing the year/period according to statistical periods.
Works in the same way as the Year/Per. and Account. year/period fields.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Realised year/week | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | YrWk | The database field name. |
| API identifier | realisedYearAndWeek | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6639 |
Reference
Optional field for additional information.
The value in the field is copied to the Product transaction table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | No. | Integer |
| SQL name | RefNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | reference | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2985 |
Required delivery date
the required delivery date.
The value is suggested based on the Transaction type of the order.
For sales, this field is suggested as equal to the order/transaction date plus administration time, lead time and transport time, and for purchases and production the lead time is added.
For hire/loan, the required delivery date is suggested as equal to the date in the From field minus the assemble time.
When you save a production order, the Required delivery date and Confirmed delivery date fields are updated in the Order line table.
The Required delivery date and Confirmed delivery date fields are calculated as follows:
- Transaction type 7 - Production: Required delivery date and Confirmed delivery date will be set equal to the Required delivery date field from the Order table, if filled in.
- Transaction type 5 - Further processing: Required delivery date and Confirmed delivery date will be set to Required delivery date - Production time from the structure head. Confirmed delivery date is set to the date when the product is available in stock.
If you have filled in the Des. prod. start date field in the Order table, the Desired delivery date and Confirmed delivery date will be calculated as follows:
- Transaction type 7 - Production Required delivery date and Confirmed delivery date will be set to Desired production start date + Production time.
- Transaction type 5 - Further processing Required delivery date will be set to Desired delivery Date - Production time from the structure head. date - Production time from the structure head. Confirmed delivery date is set to the date when the product is available in stock.
The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Date | Integer |
| SQL name | DelDt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | requiredDeliveryDate | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2987 |
Required delivery week
the required delivery date saved as day of week number, week number and year.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Week | Integer |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | requiredDeliveryWeek | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5627 |
Res. no.
The Res. no. field from the Appointment table, for orders generated from the Order line table.
You can enter resource no. manually, but then the value will not have any effect on the time schedule balance for the resource.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Res. no. | Integer |
| SQL name | ResNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | resourceNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4346 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Resource | Resource |
|
Reserve NOW
Used for reservation of parts of the order line.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | RsvN | The database field name. |
| API identifier | reserveNow | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6137 |
Reserved
How much of the total quantity that is reserved. Calculated on the basis of the values in the Reserved from stock and Reserved from inflow fields.
If goods are returned, discarded, replaced or invoiced/realised, reservations are cancelled.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | reserved | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 15962 |
Reserved from inflow
How much of the total quantity that is reserved from inflow; the total of the values in the Reserved from inflow field in the relevant rows in the Reservation table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | NoRsvInc | The database field name. |
| API identifier | reservedFromInflow | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 15963 |
Reserved from stock
How much of the total quantity that is reserved from stock; the total of the values in the Reserved from stock field in the relevant rows in the Reservation table.
If goods are returned, discarded, replaced or invoiced/realised, reservations are cancelled.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | NoRsv | The database field name. |
| API identifier | reservedFromStock | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5001 |
Responsible
The person responsible. You normally enter the official in the order head, but can override the field in the order lines.
The Empl. no. is a unique number identifying one specific Employee.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Empl. no. | Integer |
| SQL name | Rsp | The database field name. |
| API identifier | official | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3373 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Associate | Official |
|
Return NOW
How much, if any, you will like to return now from hire or loan without running the Returned processing in the Order, Order line or Reservation table.
When you save the quantity is updated in the Returned field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | RetN | The database field name. |
| API identifier | returnNow | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5014 |
Returned
How much has been returned from hire or loan.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | NoRet | The database field name. |
| API identifier | returned | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4405 |
Rounding amount
The truncate amount for the product, in the actual currency.
If you select the Suggest price after discount and rounding check box in the Proc. method 1 field, the net price is rounded off to the nearest amount divisible by the entered truncate amount for the product. This requires that you do not save between entering the product number and referring to the price and discount matrix.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | roundingAmountInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6403 |
Saturday
The time spent on the day in hours and minutes.
The time spent in will be converted to a decimal value in the (Weekday) quantity field, and the total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Signed time length | Integer |
| SQL name | D6Hr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | saturday | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 8147 |
Saturday quantity
The time spent on the day converted to a decimal value.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | saturdayQuantity | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 12450 |
Scan doc. no.
The ID of the scanned document.
Is used in connection with Visma Document Center.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | No. | Integer |
| SQL name | PLDNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | scanDocumentNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 11190 |
Scan status
The status of the scanned document.
Is used in connection with Visma Document Center.
- 1 - Scanned document
- 2 - Document on flow
- 4 - Document finished
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Scan status | Integer |
| SQL name | PLDFlow | The database field name. |
| API identifier | scanStatus | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 11191 |
Seller/buyer
You normally enter the seller/buyer in the order head, but can override the value in the order lines.
The Empl. no. is a unique number identifying one specific Employee.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Empl. no. | Integer |
| SQL name | SelBuy | The database field name. |
| API identifier | sellerOrBuyer | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3372 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Associate | SellerOrBuyer |
|
Sent date
The date on purchase orders when the goods were sent from the supplier.
The date is set when you run the Sent processing.
The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Date | Integer |
| SQL name | RlDelDt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | sentDate | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6308 |
Sent week
The date on purchase orders when the goods were sent from the supplier saved as day of week number, week number and year.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Week | Integer |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | sentWeek | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6307 |
Serial no.
The serial number for goods you receive and the number is included in shipments.
When you enter a serial number in the field, the shipment is updated with the lowest shipment number that this serial number matches.
When you enter the shipment number and the serial number is loaded, there is no check on the serial number. If you re-renter the serial number, a check is performed on the serial number.
If you have set up the product to produce a shipment for each serial number when stock increases, or to produce a reservation for each serial number when stock is reduced, and the Quantity field is greater than 1, you must enter the serial number in the reservation lines.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Serial no. | Text (40) |
| SQL name | SerNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | serialNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3714 |
Settlem. date
The invoice date for order lines which include a settlement.
The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Date | Integer |
| SQL name | LstSetDt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | settlementDate | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3055 |
Settlem. week
The invoice date for order lines which include a settlement saved as day of week number, week number and year.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Week | Integer |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | settlementWeek | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3056 |
Share
As an alternative to enter the price directly, the price can be calculated as a share of the Contract amount. Alternatively the price can be calculated as a share of the Inc. cost total, if you have select the Share calculated from total incurred costs check box on the Price page in the Processing method dialog.
The price is calculated when you enter the share and again when you print order documents.
If you change the Contract amount or Inc. cost total field on the order, the order lines in which share is entered are updated with new values. Lines that have been invoiced are not updated.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Percent | Decimal |
| SQL name | Shr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | share | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3057 |
Shipment no.
The shipment from which the goods are taken or to which the goods are delivered. The field contains no value if it is not overridden, as this information is contained in the Reservation table.
If the product is set up as a serial no. product and with a check in Calculate Finish NOW when entering serial no. in the Processing method dialog box, this will also retrieve the respective shipment for this serial number.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Shipment no. | Integer |
| SQL name | ShpNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | shipmentNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3713 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Shipment | Shipment |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. |
Sort seq. no.
The order of the lines.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Sort seq. no. | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | Srt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | sortSequenceNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3028 |
Source type
Information about the origin of the transaction.
The Source type field is copied to the Product transaction table. Product transactions that occur without being entered for an order are also given a value in the Source type field.
The automatically generated transactions are labelled as to their origin (for example reminder, interest note or payments). The "Origin" field is copied to the Product transaction table. Product transactions that occur without being entered for an order are also given a value in the "Origin" field.
- 1 - Manually
- 2 - EDI
- 3 - Agreements
- 4 - Time to next order
- 5 - Generated order
- 6 - Split order
- 7 - Order copy
- 8 - Transfer
- 9 - Separate
- 10 - Credit order
- 11 - Outlay
- 12 - Purchase suggestion
- 13 - Add line
- 14 - Imported
- 15 - Stock count
- 16 - Visma Business Services
- 17 - AutoInvoice
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Order origin | Integer |
| SQL name | SrcTp | The database field name. |
| API identifier | sourceType | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 13780 |
Sp. tax code
The special tax code for the transaction.
You can override special tax processing in the VAT- and accounting information table.
- 1 - % of standard unit price
- 2 - % of line amount (after line discounts)
- 3 - % of line amount after distributed group and total discounts
- 4 - Fixed amount per unit
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Sp. tax code | Integer |
| SQL name | SpcTxCd | The database field name. |
| API identifier | specialTaxCode | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4195 |
Standard price
A copy of the value in the Price field, in order to be able to post the correct discount/addition at a later stage if you should want to override the price , in the actual currency.
The standard price can also be used as the basis when calculating special tax. You can override this function for each individual product by selecting the field Do not calculate discount from standard price in the Processing method.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | StPr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | standardPriceInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2974 |
Standard price (dom.)
A copy of the value in the Price field, in order to be able to post the correct discount/addition at a later stage if you should want to override the price , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | DStPr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | standardPriceDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3591 |
Standard price in EURO
A copy of the value in the Price field, in order to be able to post the correct discount/addition at a later stage if you should want to override the price , in Euro.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price | Decimal |
| Source column | Standard price | Euro |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | standardPriceInEuro | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7752 |
Stat. value 1
This is a free field where you can enter break line totals.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Stat1 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | statisticsValue1 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5563 |
Stat. value 2
This is a free field where you can enter break line totals.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | Stat2 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | statisticsValue2 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5564 |
Stock measure
The display unit of stock values.
When joining the Stock balance, Shipment or Stock change tables to the order lines, the stock level fields, cost prices and consignment costs are recalculated according to the value in this field.
The value is suggested in the Order line table if it is not overridden by the field in the Unit or Barcode table.
- 1 - Quantity in base unit
- 2 - Length
- 3 - Area
- 4 - Volume
- 5 - Net weight
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Stock measure | Integer |
| SQL name | Measure | The database field name. |
| API identifier | stockMeasure | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5958 |
Struct. head line no.
Can be used to link order lines and the main product in an expanded structure.
On an order you can link expanded order lines that belong together and the main product in a structure. When you have such a link after expanding you can use these in connection with calculation of quantity and calculation of time and date.
When the structure is expanded the expanded order lines will be linked to the structure head on the level above by inheriting the order line number that the structure head has for this order.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | No. | Integer |
| SQL name | StHLnNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | structureHeadLineNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 11968 |
Structure level
When a structure is expanded, the structure lines are given the level of the structure head + 1.
A structure line thus has structure level 1 when the structure head has structure level 0. Any substructure lines have the value 2 and so on.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Structure level | Integer |
| SQL name | StrSt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | structureLevel | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3673 |
Suggested price
The suggested price.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Price | Decimal |
| SQL name | SugPr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | suggestedPrice | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 9268 |
Sunday
The time spent on the day in hours and minutes.
The time spent in will be converted to a decimal value in the (Weekday) quantity field, and the total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Signed time length | Integer |
| SQL name | D7Hr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | sunday | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 8148 |
Sunday quantity
The time spent on the day converted to a decimal value.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | sundayQuantity | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 12451 |
Sup. no.
The supplier of the product.
If you have not entered the supplier number in the order head, you can enter it in the order lines. You can use the Split processing to split the order up into one order per supplier.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Sup. no. | Integer |
| SQL name | SupNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | supplierNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2958 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Associate | Supplier |
|
Tare
The packaging weight of the unit used to specify the stock for the product.
Allows prices and discounts to be specified not only on the basis of the ordinary quantity field but also the Tare field.
The value is suggested in the Order line table if it is not overridden by the field in the Unit or Barcode table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | TareL | The database field name. |
| API identifier | tare | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5940 |
Tare per unit
The tare of the product in the relevant per unit factor.
Suggested from the Product table, if it is not overridden by the field in the Unit or Barcode table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | TareU | The database field name. |
| API identifier | tarePerUnit | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5922 |
Thursday
The time spent on the day in hours and minutes.
The time spent in will be converted to a decimal value in the (Weekday) quantity field, and the total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Signed time length | Integer |
| SQL name | D4Hr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | thursday | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 8145 |
Thursday quantity
The time spent on the day converted to a decimal value.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | thursdayQuantity | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 12448 |
Time to next
On invoicing a new order line is added, if you specified the number of months to the next invoicing in the Time to next field.
Alternatively, you can enter the number of weeks if you have checked the Weeks instead of months box in the Processing method dialog box.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Days | Integer |
| SQL name | InvoMth | The database field name. |
| API identifier | timeToNext | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6194 |
To
Used in conjunction with the From field for calculating the quantity.
When the quantity is calculated as the difference between to and from, it can be expressed as a quantity, time, date or factor, depending on the quantity format selected on the Editing page in the Proc. method 1 field in the Order line table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | ToNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | to | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2966 |
Total lead time
Suggested from the Delivery alternative table in purchase order lines, and from the Stock balance table in sales order lines.
See also: Total lead time
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Days | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | totalLeadTime | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6382 |
Total quantity
The total invoiceable/realisable quantity, which is the sum of the outstanding quantity and the finished quantity.
The field assumes the value you enter in the Quantity field and remains unchanged when you finish. If you increase or reduce the value in the Quantity field, the Total quantity field is also changed.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | totalQuantity | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4721 |
Trans. date
The transaction date for the order.
The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Date | Integer |
| SQL name | TrDt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | transactionDate | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2954 |
Trans. group 1
A group to which the order line belongs.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Transaction group 1 | Integer |
| SQL name | TransGr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | transactionGroup1 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4328 |
Trans. group 2
A group to which the order line belongs.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Transaction group 2 | Integer |
| SQL name | TransGr2 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | transactionGroup2 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5031 |
Trans. group 3
A group to which the order line belongs.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Transaction group 3 | Integer |
| SQL name | TransGr3 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | transactionGroup3 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6099 |
Trans. group 4
A group to which the order line belongs.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Order table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Transaction group 4 | Integer |
| SQL name | TransGr4 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | transactionGroup4 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6100 |
Trans. information 1
Optional field for additional information.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product or Structure table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Trans. information @ | Text (40) |
| SQL name | TrInf1 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | transactionInformation1 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6117 |
Trans. information 2
Optional field for additional information.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product or Structure table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Trans. information @ | Text (40) |
| SQL name | TrInf2 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | transactionInformation2 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 6118 |
Trans. information 3
Optional field for additional information.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product or Structure table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Trans. information @ | Text (40) |
| SQL name | TrInf3 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | transactionInformation3 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7082 |
Trans. information 4
Optional field for additional information.
The original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Product or Structure table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Trans. information @ | Text (40) |
| SQL name | TrInf4 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | transactionInformation4 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7083 |
Trans. week
The transaction date for the order saved as day of week number, week number and year.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Week | Integer |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | transactionWeek | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5625 |
Transaction type
The transaction type for the product defining the way the goods move in or out of the warehouse.
- 1 - Sales
- Normal sale.
The goods move out of the warehouse.
- 2 - Hire
- Hire against payment.
The goods move out of the warehouse.
- 3 - Loan
- Loan of goods without payment.
The goods move out of the warehouse.
- 4 - Adjustment/internal issue
- Registration of goods that have been lost.
The goods move out of the warehouse.
- 5 - Further processing
- Internal consumption of goods for further processing.
The goods move out of the warehouse.
- 6 - Purchase
- Goods that are purchased from other parties.
The goods move into of the warehouse.
- 7 - Production
- Goods produced by the company itself.
The goods move into of the warehouse.
- 8 - Stock transfer
- Transfer of stock between the company's own warehouses.
You can also use this transaction type when performing a stock transfer of unrealised transactions. It is not possible to reserve or finish inflow transactions on stock transfer orders.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Transaction type | Integer |
| SQL name | TrTp | The database field name. |
| API identifier | transactionType | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5012 |
Transf. shipment no.
Can be used in connection with stock transfers and hire/loan, if you need to return the goods to a shipment other than the one from which they were taken.
Using this field you can reserve an order line for a specific shipment during order entry. If the entire quantity cannot be reserved for the same shipment, you can join to the Reservation table and reserve for as many shipments as you want.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Shipment no. | Integer |
| SQL name | ToShpNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | transferToShipmentNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4806 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Shipment | OtherShipment |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. |
Transf. to location
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Location | Text (18) |
| SQL name | ToLoc | The database field name. |
| API identifier | transferToLocation | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 16408 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Location | StockTransferLocation |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. |
Transf. to warehouse
Overrides the equivalent field in the order head and you can use it for stock transfers or hire/loan if the goods are returned to a warehouse other than the one from which they were taken.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Warehouse no. | Integer |
| SQL name | ToStc | The database field name. |
| API identifier | transferToWarehouseNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3757 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Warehouse | TransferToWarehouse |
| ||
| Location | StockTransferLocation |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Shipment | OtherShipment |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Stock balance | ToStockBalance |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Stock change | ToStockChange |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. |
Transferred to order no.
If you need to transfer an order line to another order, enter the order number of the new order in this field. Then use the Transfer processing in the Order table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Order no. | Integer |
| SQL name | TrfOrdNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | transferredToOrderNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7981 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Order | TransferToOrder |
|
Transp. agr. no.
The supplier's transport agreement number.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Transp. agr. no. | Integer |
| SQL name | TspAgrNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | transportAgreementNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 9067 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Transport agreement | TransportAgreement |
|
Transport time
The number of days it takes to transport the product from the supplier to your warehouse or directly to the customer.
For sales order lines, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Stock balance table.
For purchase order lines, the original value in the field is suggested based on the value in the Delivery alternative table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Days | Integer |
| SQL name | TanspTm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | transportTime | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3065 |
Tuesday
The time spent on the day in hours and minutes.
The time spent in will be converted to a decimal value in the (Weekday) quantity field, and the total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Signed time length | Integer |
| SQL name | D2Hr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | tuesday | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 8143 |
Tuesday quantity
The time spent on the day converted to a decimal value.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | tuesdayQuantity | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 12446 |
Unit
The unit for the product.
The default unit from the Delivery alternative table if it is entered, or the Default unit from the Product table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Unit | Integer |
| SQL name | Un | The database field name. |
| API identifier | unit | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2963 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Unit | Unit |
|
Unrealised number
The unrealised quantity.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | unrealisedQuantity | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 13765 |
Use by date
The use by date for goods you receive.
The date is validated using the regional settings in Windows.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Date | Integer |
| SQL name | DurDt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | useByDate | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3716 |
Use by week
The use by date for goods you receive saved as day of week number, week number and year.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Week | Integer |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | useByWeek | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5629 |
VAT amount
The VAT amount , in the actual currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | VAT amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | VatAm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | vatAmountInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4197 |
VAT amount (dom.)
The VAT amount , in the default currency.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | VAT amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | DVatAm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | vatAmountDomestic | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 4743 |
VAT and accounting group
The VAT and accounting group for the product that controls tax processing and determines which accounts and organisational units are used for accounting.
Together with the account set on the Order line, this field refers to the VAT- and accounting information table.
If you do not complete this field in the Product table, the Default VAT and accounting group is retrieved from the Company information table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | VAT and accounting group | Integer |
| SQL name | ProdGr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | taxAndAccountingGroup | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 3377 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| VAT- and accounting information | TaxAndAccountingInformation |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| VAT and accounting group | TaxAndAccGroup |
|
VAT basis amount
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Amount | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | vatBasisInCurrency | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 16548 |
VAT code
The tax code from the order.
In the VAT code field in the order head you can override the tax code.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | VAT code | Integer |
| SQL name | VatNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | taxCode | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2982 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| VAT code | TaxCode |
|
VAT rate
The VAT rate on the line.
On order documents you can choose to edit out the VAT rate.
The VAT rate will be copied from the order line to the product transaction. The VAT rate will be updated from the order line if it has been changed after the product transaction was created and before the invoice was printed.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Percent | Decimal |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | VatRt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | vatRate | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 16312 |
Visma external ID
Used to connect order lines with other Visma products.
This field is reserved for Visma integrations and should not be used on customer integrations.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Doc. no. | Text (40) |
| SQL name | VExID | The database field name. |
| API identifier | vismaExternalId | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 18202 |
Visma ID
The ID of the scanned document.
Is used in connection with Visma Document Center.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | No. | Integer |
| SQL name | WfId | The database field name. |
| API identifier | vismaId | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 11189 |
Volume
The volume of the unit used to specify the stock for the product.
This field allows prices and discounts to be specified not only on the basis of the ordinary Quantity field but also the Volume field. This field is totalled in the order head in order to be able to calculate the order's total volume.
The value is suggested in the Order line table if it is not overridden by the field in the Unit or Barcode table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | VolL | The database field name. |
| API identifier | volume | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5944 |
Volume per unit
The volume of the product in the relevant per unit factor.
Suggested from the Product table, if it is not overridden by the field in the Unit or Barcode table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | VolU | The database field name. |
| API identifier | volumePerUnit | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5928 |
Voucher jour. no.
The voucher journal number for the row and is used in connection with client management and prepayment routines that must have this reference.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Journal no. | Integer |
| SQL name | JNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | voucherJournalNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 8590 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Customer transaction | CustomerTransaction |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. |
Wage info 1
Can be used for integration with payroll systems.
You complete the fields if you have a wage sort which requires additional information for presentation in the employee's PAYE report. When transferring from appointments, the value from there is used.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Wage info 1 | Integer |
| SQL name | AdWage1 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | payrollInformation1 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2996 |
Wage info 2
Can be used for integration with payroll systems.
You complete the fields if you have a wage sort which requires additional information for presentation in the employee's PAYE report. When transferring from appointments, the value from there is used.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Wage info 2 | Integer |
| SQL name | AdWage2 | The database field name. |
| API identifier | payrollInformation2 | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2997 |
Wage rate no.
The rate to be used for the wage sort in the transfer to the wage file.
The value is transferred to the Appointment table. It will be used when appointments are exported to file and sent to the wage system.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Wage rate no. | Integer |
| SQL name | WageRtNo | The database field name. |
| API identifier | payrollRateNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2956 |
Wage sort
The type of wage used in the transfer to the wage file.
The value is transferred to the Appointment table. It will be used when appointments are exported to file and sent to the wage system.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Wage sort | Text (10) |
| SQL name | WageSrt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | payrollSort | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2995 |
Warehouse no.
The warehouse from which the goods are collected or to which the goods are delivered.
When you enter a value in the Delivery associate no. field, the warehouse number is suggested.
Increase order lines that do not have reservation rows, for example credit orders with transaction type 1 - Sales, are not blocked from changing the warehouse number.
You can change the Warehouse no. on order lines that lead to a stock increase as long as it has not be reserved by other orders, or as long as something has been realised on the order line.
When processing the order lines, the information in the order head is used if it has not been filled in in the order lines. Information specified in the order lines overrides the information in the order head. This applies, for example, to warehouse numbers. The warehouse number specified in the order line overrides the warehouse number specified in the order head. The warehouse number in the order head is suggested again based on the consignee. If a consignee is not specially specified, it is the same as the customer or supplier, depending on the transaction type.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Warehouse no. | Integer |
| SQL name | FrStc | The database field name. |
| API identifier | warehouseNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 2962 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Warehouse | Warehouse |
| ||
| Shipment | Shipment |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Location | Location |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Stock balance | FromStockBalance |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Stock change | FromStockChangeNotOnPurchase |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. | |
| Stock change | FromStockChangeOnPurchase |
| This is a combined foreign key. Making a lookup in one of the fields may also fill in value in the others. |
Web page
The address of a web page for the order line. The default value is the web page from the product.
Double-click or press * to open the web page in your web browser.
Alternatively the field can be used to refer to documents or other files. Double-click or press * in the empty field to open the Select file dialog box.
On the Design tab, in the Insert group, you can click on Web page to visualise the document or web page on the screen.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Web page | Text (260) |
| SQL name | WebPg | The database field name. |
| API identifier | webPage | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 8929 |
Wednesday
The time spent on the day in hours and minutes.
The time spent in will be converted to a decimal value in the (Weekday) quantity field, and the total of all days will be accumulated in the Quantity field.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Signed time length | Integer |
| SQL name | D3Hr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | wednesday | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 8144 |
Wednesday quantity
The time spent on the day converted to a decimal value.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| Memory field | Yes | The value in this field is only displayed in the program, it is not stored in the database. |
| API identifier | wednesdayQuantity | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 12447 |
Width per unit
The width of the product in the relevant per unit factor.
Suggested from the Product table, if it is not overridden by the field in the Unit or Barcode table.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Quantity | Decimal |
| SQL name | WdtU | The database field name. |
| API identifier | widthPerUnit | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 5925 |
Year/Per.
The statistics period within which the transaction date falls. If Statistical periods is not filled in, the year and month from the transaction date are used.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Year/Per. | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | YrPr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | yearAndPeriod | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | 7211 |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Statistics period | StatisticsPeriod |
|
Control columns
Control columns include information about who has changed the record last and when, and which process that is currently editing the record.
Changed by provenance
The provenance for the record change.
A look-up in this field gives you the following list of possible values:
0 - None
1 - UI
10 - External API
20 - GAiA
21 - AI Connect
100 - Internal service
101 - Task automation
102 - AutoInvoice download
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Provenance | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | ChPvn | The database field name. |
| API identifier | changedByProvenance | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | A unique column number. |
Changed by user
The name of the user that changed the record.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | User name | Text (24) |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | ChUsr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | changedByUser | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | A unique column number. |
Changed date
The date when the record was changed.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Date | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | ChDt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | changedDate | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | A unique column number. |
Changed time
The time when the record was changed.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Time | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | ChTm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | changedTime | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | A unique column number. |
Changed time stamp
The date and time when the record was changed.
The field is updated with the UTC time.
This value can be used by external systems to replicate changed data. The column is indexed.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Date/time | DateTime |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | ChTs | The database field name. |
| API identifier | changedTimestamp | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | A unique column number. |
Created by provenance
The provenance for the record creation.
A look-up in this field gives you the following list of possible values:
0 - None
1 - UI
10 - External API
20 - GAiA
21 - AI Connect
100 - Internal service
101 - Task automation
102 - AutoInvoice download
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Provenance | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | CrePvn | The database field name. |
| API identifier | createdByProvenance | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | A unique column number. |
Created by user
The name of the user that created the record.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | User name | Text (24) |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | CreUsr | The database field name. |
| API identifier | createdByUser | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | A unique column number. |
Created date
The date when the record was created.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Date | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | CreDt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | createdDate | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | A unique column number. |
Created time
The time when the record was created.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Time | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | CreTm | The database field name. |
| API identifier | createdTime | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | A unique column number. |
Created time stamp
The date and time when the record was created.
The field is updated with the UTC time.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Date/time | DateTime |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | CreTs | The database field name. |
| API identifier | createdTimestamp | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | A unique column number. |
Edit status
The current status of the record.
A look-up in this field gives you the following list of possible values:
0 - Unchanged: The record is read, but not changed.
1 - Inserted: The record is new.
2 - Changed: The record is changed.
3 - Deleted: The record is deleted.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Edit status | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | LckSt | The database field name. |
| API identifier | editStatus | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | A unique column number. |
Process no
The Process no. from the Active company process table which is currently using or has control of this record.
| Property | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Visible by default | No | This field is not visible by default in the table display. |
| Domain | Process no. | Integer |
| Write Access | None | You are not allowed to modify the value in this field. |
| SQL name | ChPrc | The database field name. |
| API identifier | lockedByProcessNo | The API identifier used in GraphQL. |
| Number | A unique column number. |
| To table | Purpose | From columns | To columns | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Active company process | CompanyProcess | Process no. | Process no. |